blob: 637597d0d95ea6db12e8d36ecb3c2dbb4e7c434e [file] [log] [blame]
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001HXCOMM Use DEFHEADING() to define headings in both help text and texi
2HXCOMM Text between STEXI and ETEXI are copied to texi version and
3HXCOMM discarded from C version
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004HXCOMM DEF(option, HAS_ARG/0, opt_enum, opt_help, arch_mask) is used to
5HXCOMM construct option structures, enums and help message for specified
6HXCOMM architectures.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00007HXCOMM HXCOMM can be used for comments, discarded from both texi and C
8
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02009DEFHEADING(Standard options:)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +000010STEXI
11@table @option
12ETEXI
13
14DEF("help", 0, QEMU_OPTION_h,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +000015 "-h or -help display this help and exit\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +000016STEXI
17@item -h
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +010018@findex -h
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +000019Display help and exit
20ETEXI
21
pbrook9bd7e6d2009-04-07 22:58:45 +000022DEF("version", 0, QEMU_OPTION_version,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +000023 "-version display version information and exit\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
pbrook9bd7e6d2009-04-07 22:58:45 +000024STEXI
25@item -version
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +010026@findex -version
pbrook9bd7e6d2009-04-07 22:58:45 +000027Display version information and exit
28ETEXI
29
Jan Kiszka80f52a62011-07-23 12:39:46 +020030DEF("machine", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_machine, \
31 "-machine [type=]name[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
Peter Maydell585f6032012-10-04 16:22:01 +010032 " selects emulated machine ('-machine help' for list)\n"
Jan Kiszka80f52a62011-07-23 12:39:46 +020033 " property accel=accel1[:accel2[:...]] selects accelerator\n"
Justin Terry (VM)d661d9a2018-01-22 13:07:46 -080034 " supported accelerators are kvm, xen, hax, hvf, whpx or tcg (default: tcg)\n"
Matt Gingell32c18a22015-11-16 10:03:06 -080035 " kernel_irqchip=on|off|split controls accelerated irqchip support (default=off)\n"
Don Slutzd1048be2014-11-21 11:18:52 -050036 " vmport=on|off|auto controls emulation of vmport (default: auto)\n"
Peter Maydell96404012016-05-10 16:49:29 +010037 " kvm_shadow_mem=size of KVM shadow MMU in bytes\n"
Luiz Capitulino8490fc72012-09-05 16:50:16 -030038 " dump-guest-core=on|off include guest memory in a core dump (default=on)\n"
Le Tana52a7fd2014-08-16 13:55:40 +080039 " mem-merge=on|off controls memory merge support (default: on)\n"
Tiejun Chen79814172015-07-15 13:37:45 +080040 " igd-passthru=on|off controls IGD GFX passthrough support (default=off)\n"
Tony Krowiak2eb1cd02015-03-12 13:53:51 +010041 " aes-key-wrap=on|off controls support for AES key wrapping (default=on)\n"
Alexander Graf9850c602015-02-23 13:56:42 +010042 " dea-key-wrap=on|off controls support for DEA key wrapping (default=on)\n"
Xiao Guangrong87252e12015-12-02 15:20:58 +080043 " suppress-vmdesc=on|off disables self-describing migration (default=off)\n"
Greg Kurz902c0532016-02-18 12:32:25 +010044 " nvdimm=on|off controls NVDIMM support (default=off)\n"
Xiao Feng Ren274250c2017-05-17 02:48:03 +020045 " enforce-config-section=on|off enforce configuration section migration (default=off)\n"
Brijesh Singhdb588192018-03-08 06:48:38 -060046 " memory-encryption=@var{} memory encryption object to use (default=none)\n",
Jan Kiszka80f52a62011-07-23 12:39:46 +020047 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +000048STEXI
Jan Kiszka80f52a62011-07-23 12:39:46 +020049@item -machine [type=]@var{name}[,prop=@var{value}[,...]]
50@findex -machine
Peter Maydell585f6032012-10-04 16:22:01 +010051Select the emulated machine by @var{name}. Use @code{-machine help} to list
Daniel P. Berrange8bfce832017-07-25 15:10:41 +010052available machines.
53
54For architectures which aim to support live migration compatibility
55across releases, each release will introduce a new versioned machine
56type. For example, the 2.8.0 release introduced machine types
57``pc-i440fx-2.8'' and ``pc-q35-2.8'' for the x86_64/i686 architectures.
58
59To allow live migration of guests from QEMU version 2.8.0, to QEMU
60version 2.9.0, the 2.9.0 version must support the ``pc-i440fx-2.8''
61and ``pc-q35-2.8'' machines too. To allow users live migrating VMs
62to skip multiple intermediate releases when upgrading, new releases
63of QEMU will support machine types from many previous versions.
64
65Supported machine properties are:
Jan Kiszka80f52a62011-07-23 12:39:46 +020066@table @option
67@item accel=@var{accels1}[:@var{accels2}[:...]]
68This is used to enable an accelerator. Depending on the target architecture,
Justin Terry (VM)d661d9a2018-01-22 13:07:46 -080069kvm, xen, hax, hvf, whpx or tcg can be available. By default, tcg is used. If there is
Thomas Huthbde4d922017-05-04 07:24:41 +020070more than one accelerator specified, the next one is used if the previous one
71fails to initialize.
Jan Kiszka6a48ffa2011-10-15 13:43:48 +020072@item kernel_irqchip=on|off
Matt Gingell32c18a22015-11-16 10:03:06 -080073Controls in-kernel irqchip support for the chosen accelerator when available.
Tiejun Chen79814172015-07-15 13:37:45 +080074@item gfx_passthru=on|off
75Enables IGD GFX passthrough support for the chosen machine when available.
Don Slutzd1048be2014-11-21 11:18:52 -050076@item vmport=on|off|auto
77Enables emulation of VMWare IO port, for vmmouse etc. auto says to select the
78value based on accel. For accel=xen the default is off otherwise the default
79is on.
Jan Kiszka39d69602012-01-25 18:14:15 +010080@item kvm_shadow_mem=size
81Defines the size of the KVM shadow MMU.
Jason Baronddb97f12012-08-02 15:44:16 -040082@item dump-guest-core=on|off
83Include guest memory in a core dump. The default is on.
Luiz Capitulino8490fc72012-09-05 16:50:16 -030084@item mem-merge=on|off
85Enables or disables memory merge support. This feature, when supported by
86the host, de-duplicates identical memory pages among VMs instances
87(enabled by default).
Tony Krowiak2eb1cd02015-03-12 13:53:51 +010088@item aes-key-wrap=on|off
89Enables or disables AES key wrapping support on s390-ccw hosts. This feature
90controls whether AES wrapping keys will be created to allow
91execution of AES cryptographic functions. The default is on.
92@item dea-key-wrap=on|off
93Enables or disables DEA key wrapping support on s390-ccw hosts. This feature
94controls whether DEA wrapping keys will be created to allow
95execution of DEA cryptographic functions. The default is on.
Xiao Guangrong87252e12015-12-02 15:20:58 +080096@item nvdimm=on|off
97Enables or disables NVDIMM support. The default is off.
Peter Xu16f72442017-07-07 10:54:08 +080098@item enforce-config-section=on|off
99If @option{enforce-config-section} is set to @var{on}, force migration
100code to send configuration section even if the machine-type sets the
101@option{migration.send-configuration} property to @var{off}.
102NOTE: this parameter is deprecated. Please use @option{-global}
103@option{migration.send-configuration}=@var{on|off} instead.
Brijesh Singhdb588192018-03-08 06:48:38 -0600104@item memory-encryption=@var{}
105Memory encryption object to use. The default is none.
Jan Kiszka80f52a62011-07-23 12:39:46 +0200106@end table
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000107ETEXI
108
Jan Kiszka80f52a62011-07-23 12:39:46 +0200109HXCOMM Deprecated by -machine
110DEF("M", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_M, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
111
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000112DEF("cpu", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_cpu,
Peter Maydell585f6032012-10-04 16:22:01 +0100113 "-cpu cpu select CPU ('-cpu help' for list)\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000114STEXI
115@item -cpu @var{model}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +0100116@findex -cpu
Peter Maydell585f6032012-10-04 16:22:01 +0100117Select CPU model (@code{-cpu help} for list and additional feature selection)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000118ETEXI
119
KONRAD Frederic8d4e9142017-02-23 18:29:08 +0000120DEF("accel", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_accel,
121 "-accel [accel=]accelerator[,thread=single|multi]\n"
Justin Terry (VM)d661d9a2018-01-22 13:07:46 -0800122 " select accelerator (kvm, xen, hax, hvf, whpx or tcg; use 'help' for a list)\n"
Eduardo Habkost0b3c5c82018-06-11 16:56:07 -0300123 " thread=single|multi (enable multi-threaded TCG)\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
KONRAD Frederic8d4e9142017-02-23 18:29:08 +0000124STEXI
125@item -accel @var{name}[,prop=@var{value}[,...]]
126@findex -accel
127This is used to enable an accelerator. Depending on the target architecture,
Justin Terry (VM)d661d9a2018-01-22 13:07:46 -0800128kvm, xen, hax, hvf, whpx or tcg can be available. By default, tcg is used. If there is
Thomas Huthbde4d922017-05-04 07:24:41 +0200129more than one accelerator specified, the next one is used if the previous one
130fails to initialize.
KONRAD Frederic8d4e9142017-02-23 18:29:08 +0000131@table @option
132@item thread=single|multi
133Controls number of TCG threads. When the TCG is multi-threaded there will be one
134thread per vCPU therefor taking advantage of additional host cores. The default
135is to enable multi-threading where both the back-end and front-ends support it and
136no incompatible TCG features have been enabled (e.g. icount/replay).
137@end table
138ETEXI
139
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000140DEF("smp", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_smp,
Like Xu1b458422019-06-20 13:45:25 +0800141 "-smp [cpus=]n[,maxcpus=cpus][,cores=cores][,threads=threads][,dies=dies][,sockets=sockets]\n"
Jes Sorensen6be68d72009-07-23 17:03:42 +0200142 " set the number of CPUs to 'n' [default=1]\n"
143 " maxcpus= maximum number of total cpus, including\n"
Bruce Rogersca1a8a02010-01-06 12:33:57 -0700144 " offline CPUs for hotplug, etc\n"
Like Xu1b458422019-06-20 13:45:25 +0800145 " cores= number of CPU cores on one socket (for PC, it's on one die)\n"
Andre Przywara58a04db2009-08-28 10:49:57 +0200146 " threads= number of threads on one CPU core\n"
Like Xu1b458422019-06-20 13:45:25 +0800147 " dies= number of CPU dies on one socket (for PC only)\n"
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000148 " sockets= number of discrete sockets in the system\n",
149 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000150STEXI
Like Xu1b458422019-06-20 13:45:25 +0800151@item -smp [cpus=]@var{n}[,cores=@var{cores}][,threads=@var{threads}][,dies=dies][,sockets=@var{sockets}][,maxcpus=@var{maxcpus}]
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +0100152@findex -smp
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000153Simulate an SMP system with @var{n} CPUs. On the PC target, up to 255
154CPUs are supported. On Sparc32 target, Linux limits the number of usable CPUs
155to 4.
Like Xu1b458422019-06-20 13:45:25 +0800156For the PC target, the number of @var{cores} per die, the number of @var{threads}
157per cores, the number of @var{dies} per packages and the total number of
158@var{sockets} can be specified. Missing values will be computed.
159If any on the three values is given, the total number of CPUs @var{n} can be omitted.
160@var{maxcpus} specifies the maximum number of hotpluggable CPUs.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000161ETEXI
162
aliguori268a3622009-04-21 22:30:27 +0000163DEF("numa", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_numa,
Eduardo Habkoste0ee9fd2017-01-23 16:06:31 -0200164 "-numa node[,mem=size][,cpus=firstcpu[-lastcpu]][,nodeid=node]\n"
He Chen0f203432017-04-27 10:35:58 +0800165 "-numa node[,memdev=id][,cpus=firstcpu[-lastcpu]][,nodeid=node]\n"
Igor Mammedov2d19c652017-11-28 15:53:58 +0100166 "-numa dist,src=source,dst=destination,val=distance\n"
167 "-numa cpu,node-id=node[,socket-id=x][,core-id=y][,thread-id=z]\n",
168 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
aliguori268a3622009-04-21 22:30:27 +0000169STEXI
Eduardo Habkoste0ee9fd2017-01-23 16:06:31 -0200170@item -numa node[,mem=@var{size}][,cpus=@var{firstcpu}[-@var{lastcpu}]][,nodeid=@var{node}]
171@itemx -numa node[,memdev=@var{id}][,cpus=@var{firstcpu}[-@var{lastcpu}]][,nodeid=@var{node}]
He Chen0f203432017-04-27 10:35:58 +0800172@itemx -numa dist,src=@var{source},dst=@var{destination},val=@var{distance}
Igor Mammedov419fcde2017-05-10 13:30:01 +0200173@itemx -numa cpu,node-id=@var{node}[,socket-id=@var{x}][,core-id=@var{y}][,thread-id=@var{z}]
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +0100174@findex -numa
Eduardo Habkost4b9a5dd2017-01-23 16:06:32 -0200175Define a NUMA node and assign RAM and VCPUs to it.
He Chen0f203432017-04-27 10:35:58 +0800176Set the NUMA distance from a source node to a destination node.
Paolo Bonzini7febe362014-05-14 17:43:17 +0800177
Igor Mammedov419fcde2017-05-10 13:30:01 +0200178Legacy VCPU assignment uses @samp{cpus} option where
Eduardo Habkost4b9a5dd2017-01-23 16:06:32 -0200179@var{firstcpu} and @var{lastcpu} are CPU indexes. Each
180@samp{cpus} option represent a contiguous range of CPU indexes
181(or a single VCPU if @var{lastcpu} is omitted). A non-contiguous
182set of VCPUs can be represented by providing multiple @samp{cpus}
183options. If @samp{cpus} is omitted on all nodes, VCPUs are automatically
184split between them.
185
186For example, the following option assigns VCPUs 0, 1, 2 and 5 to
187a NUMA node:
188@example
189-numa node,cpus=0-2,cpus=5
190@end example
191
Igor Mammedov419fcde2017-05-10 13:30:01 +0200192@samp{cpu} option is a new alternative to @samp{cpus} option
193which uses @samp{socket-id|core-id|thread-id} properties to assign
194CPU objects to a @var{node} using topology layout properties of CPU.
195The set of properties is machine specific, and depends on used
196machine type/@samp{smp} options. It could be queried with
197@samp{hotpluggable-cpus} monitor command.
198@samp{node-id} property specifies @var{node} to which CPU object
199will be assigned, it's required for @var{node} to be declared
200with @samp{node} option before it's used with @samp{cpu} option.
201
202For example:
203@example
204-M pc \
205-smp 1,sockets=2,maxcpus=2 \
206-numa node,nodeid=0 -numa node,nodeid=1 \
207-numa cpu,node-id=0,socket-id=0 -numa cpu,node-id=1,socket-id=1
208@end example
209
Eduardo Habkost4b9a5dd2017-01-23 16:06:32 -0200210@samp{mem} assigns a given RAM amount to a node. @samp{memdev}
211assigns RAM from a given memory backend device to a node. If
212@samp{mem} and @samp{memdev} are omitted in all nodes, RAM is
213split equally between them.
214
215@samp{mem} and @samp{memdev} are mutually exclusive. Furthermore,
216if one node uses @samp{memdev}, all of them have to use it.
217
He Chen0f203432017-04-27 10:35:58 +0800218@var{source} and @var{destination} are NUMA node IDs.
219@var{distance} is the NUMA distance from @var{source} to @var{destination}.
220The distance from a node to itself is always 10. If any pair of nodes is
221given a distance, then all pairs must be given distances. Although, when
222distances are only given in one direction for each pair of nodes, then
223the distances in the opposite directions are assumed to be the same. If,
224however, an asymmetrical pair of distances is given for even one node
225pair, then all node pairs must be provided distance values for both
226directions, even when they are symmetrical. When a node is unreachable
227from another node, set the pair's distance to 255.
228
Eduardo Habkost4b9a5dd2017-01-23 16:06:32 -0200229Note that the -@option{numa} option doesn't allocate any of the
230specified resources, it just assigns existing resources to NUMA
231nodes. This means that one still has to use the @option{-m},
232@option{-smp} options to allocate RAM and VCPUs respectively.
233
aliguori268a3622009-04-21 22:30:27 +0000234ETEXI
235
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100236DEF("add-fd", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_add_fd,
237 "-add-fd fd=fd,set=set[,opaque=opaque]\n"
238 " Add 'fd' to fd 'set'\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
239STEXI
240@item -add-fd fd=@var{fd},set=@var{set}[,opaque=@var{opaque}]
241@findex -add-fd
242
243Add a file descriptor to an fd set. Valid options are:
244
245@table @option
246@item fd=@var{fd}
247This option defines the file descriptor of which a duplicate is added to fd set.
248The file descriptor cannot be stdin, stdout, or stderr.
249@item set=@var{set}
250This option defines the ID of the fd set to add the file descriptor to.
251@item opaque=@var{opaque}
252This option defines a free-form string that can be used to describe @var{fd}.
253@end table
254
255You can open an image using pre-opened file descriptors from an fd set:
256@example
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +0200257@value{qemu_system} \
258 -add-fd fd=3,set=2,opaque="rdwr:/path/to/file" \
259 -add-fd fd=4,set=2,opaque="rdonly:/path/to/file" \
260 -drive file=/dev/fdset/2,index=0,media=disk
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100261@end example
262ETEXI
263
264DEF("set", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_set,
265 "-set group.id.arg=value\n"
266 " set <arg> parameter for item <id> of type <group>\n"
267 " i.e. -set drive.$id.file=/path/to/image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
268STEXI
269@item -set @var{group}.@var{id}.@var{arg}=@var{value}
270@findex -set
Michael Tokareve1f3b972016-10-16 17:21:37 +0300271Set parameter @var{arg} for item @var{id} of type @var{group}
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100272ETEXI
273
274DEF("global", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_global,
Paolo Bonzini3751d7c2015-04-09 14:16:19 +0200275 "-global driver.property=value\n"
276 "-global driver=driver,property=property,value=value\n"
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100277 " set a global default for a driver property\n",
278 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
279STEXI
280@item -global @var{driver}.@var{prop}=@var{value}
Paolo Bonzini3751d7c2015-04-09 14:16:19 +0200281@itemx -global driver=@var{driver},property=@var{property},value=@var{value}
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100282@findex -global
283Set default value of @var{driver}'s property @var{prop} to @var{value}, e.g.:
284
285@example
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +0200286@value{qemu_system_x86} -global ide-hd.physical_block_size=4096 disk-image.img
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100287@end example
288
Michael Tokareva295d242017-09-23 19:31:59 +0300289In particular, you can use this to set driver properties for devices which are
290created automatically by the machine model. To create a device which is not
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100291created automatically and set properties on it, use -@option{device}.
Paolo Bonzini3751d7c2015-04-09 14:16:19 +0200292
Markus Armbrusterae08fd52015-06-15 14:35:58 +0200293-global @var{driver}.@var{prop}=@var{value} is shorthand for -global
294driver=@var{driver},property=@var{prop},value=@var{value}. The
295longhand syntax works even when @var{driver} contains a dot.
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100296ETEXI
297
298DEF("boot", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_boot,
299 "-boot [order=drives][,once=drives][,menu=on|off]\n"
Amos Kongc8a6ae82013-03-19 14:23:27 +0800300 " [,splash=sp_name][,splash-time=sp_time][,reboot-timeout=rb_time][,strict=on|off]\n"
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100301 " 'drives': floppy (a), hard disk (c), CD-ROM (d), network (n)\n"
302 " 'sp_name': the file's name that would be passed to bios as logo picture, if menu=on\n"
303 " 'sp_time': the period that splash picture last if menu=on, unit is ms\n"
304 " 'rb_timeout': the timeout before guest reboot when boot failed, unit is ms\n",
305 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
306STEXI
Amos Kongc8a6ae82013-03-19 14:23:27 +0800307@item -boot [order=@var{drives}][,once=@var{drives}][,menu=on|off][,splash=@var{sp_name}][,splash-time=@var{sp_time}][,reboot-timeout=@var{rb_timeout}][,strict=on|off]
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100308@findex -boot
309Specify boot order @var{drives} as a string of drive letters. Valid
Gongleid274e072015-07-03 17:50:57 +0800310drive letters depend on the target architecture. The x86 PC uses: a, b
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100311(floppy 1 and 2), c (first hard disk), d (first CD-ROM), n-p (Etherboot
312from network adapter 1-4), hard disk boot is the default. To apply a
313particular boot order only on the first startup, specify it via
Thomas Huthc0d9f7d2017-02-28 18:40:01 +0100314@option{once}. Note that the @option{order} or @option{once} parameter
315should not be used together with the @option{bootindex} property of
316devices, since the firmware implementations normally do not support both
317at the same time.
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100318
319Interactive boot menus/prompts can be enabled via @option{menu=on} as far
320as firmware/BIOS supports them. The default is non-interactive boot.
321
322A splash picture could be passed to bios, enabling user to show it as logo,
323when option splash=@var{sp_name} is given and menu=on, If firmware/BIOS
324supports them. Currently Seabios for X86 system support it.
325limitation: The splash file could be a jpeg file or a BMP file in 24 BPP
326format(true color). The resolution should be supported by the SVGA mode, so
327the recommended is 320x240, 640x480, 800x640.
328
329A timeout could be passed to bios, guest will pause for @var{rb_timeout} ms
Han Hanbbd9e692019-10-15 23:14:51 +0800330when boot failed, then reboot. If @option{reboot-timeout} is not set,
331guest will not reboot by default. Currently Seabios for X86
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100332system support it.
333
Amos Kongc8a6ae82013-03-19 14:23:27 +0800334Do strict boot via @option{strict=on} as far as firmware/BIOS
335supports it. This only effects when boot priority is changed by
336bootindex options. The default is non-strict boot.
337
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100338@example
339# try to boot from network first, then from hard disk
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +0200340@value{qemu_system_x86} -boot order=nc
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100341# boot from CD-ROM first, switch back to default order after reboot
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +0200342@value{qemu_system_x86} -boot once=d
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100343# boot with a splash picture for 5 seconds.
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +0200344@value{qemu_system_x86} -boot menu=on,splash=/root/boot.bmp,splash-time=5000
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100345@end example
346
347Note: The legacy format '-boot @var{drives}' is still supported but its
348use is discouraged as it may be removed from future versions.
349ETEXI
350
351DEF("m", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_m,
Michael Tokarev89f3ea22016-11-10 17:51:32 +0300352 "-m [size=]megs[,slots=n,maxmem=size]\n"
Igor Mammedov6e1d3c12013-11-27 01:27:35 +0100353 " configure guest RAM\n"
Alexander Graf0daba1f2015-06-05 11:05:03 +0200354 " size: initial amount of guest memory\n"
Igor Mammedovc270fb92014-06-02 15:25:02 +0200355 " slots: number of hotplug slots (default: none)\n"
Matthew Rosatob6fe0122014-08-28 11:25:33 -0400356 " maxmem: maximum amount of guest memory (default: none)\n"
357 "NOTE: Some architectures might enforce a specific granularity\n",
Igor Mammedov6e1d3c12013-11-27 01:27:35 +0100358 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100359STEXI
Luiz Capitulino9fcc0792015-02-26 14:35:45 -0500360@item -m [size=]@var{megs}[,slots=n,maxmem=size]
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100361@findex -m
Luiz Capitulino9fcc0792015-02-26 14:35:45 -0500362Sets guest startup RAM size to @var{megs} megabytes. Default is 128 MiB.
363Optionally, a suffix of ``M'' or ``G'' can be used to signify a value in
364megabytes or gigabytes respectively. Optional pair @var{slots}, @var{maxmem}
365could be used to set amount of hotpluggable memory slots and maximum amount of
366memory. Note that @var{maxmem} must be aligned to the page size.
367
368For example, the following command-line sets the guest startup RAM size to
3691GB, creates 3 slots to hotplug additional memory and sets the maximum
370memory the guest can reach to 4GB:
371
372@example
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +0200373@value{qemu_system} -m 1G,slots=3,maxmem=4G
Luiz Capitulino9fcc0792015-02-26 14:35:45 -0500374@end example
375
376If @var{slots} and @var{maxmem} are not specified, memory hotplug won't
377be enabled and the guest startup RAM will never increase.
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100378ETEXI
379
380DEF("mem-path", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_mempath,
381 "-mem-path FILE provide backing storage for guest RAM\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
382STEXI
383@item -mem-path @var{path}
384@findex -mem-path
385Allocate guest RAM from a temporarily created file in @var{path}.
386ETEXI
387
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100388DEF("mem-prealloc", 0, QEMU_OPTION_mem_prealloc,
389 "-mem-prealloc preallocate guest memory (use with -mem-path)\n",
390 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
391STEXI
392@item -mem-prealloc
393@findex -mem-prealloc
394Preallocate memory when using -mem-path.
395ETEXI
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100396
397DEF("k", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_k,
398 "-k language use keyboard layout (for example 'fr' for French)\n",
399 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
400STEXI
401@item -k @var{language}
402@findex -k
403Use keyboard layout @var{language} (for example @code{fr} for
404French). This option is only needed where it is not easy to get raw PC
Samuel Thibault32945472016-06-22 17:48:31 +0200405keycodes (e.g. on Macs, with some X11 servers or with a VNC or curses
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100406display). You don't normally need to use it on PC/Linux or PC/Windows
407hosts.
408
409The available layouts are:
410@example
411ar de-ch es fo fr-ca hu ja mk no pt-br sv
412da en-gb et fr fr-ch is lt nl pl ru th
413de en-us fi fr-be hr it lv nl-be pt sl tr
414@end example
415
416The default is @code{en-us}.
417ETEXI
418
419
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100420HXCOMM Deprecated by -audiodev
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100421DEF("audio-help", 0, QEMU_OPTION_audio_help,
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100422 "-audio-help show -audiodev equivalent of the currently specified audio settings\n",
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100423 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
424STEXI
425@item -audio-help
426@findex -audio-help
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100427Will show the -audiodev equivalent of the currently specified
428(deprecated) environment variables.
429ETEXI
430
431DEF("audiodev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_audiodev,
432 "-audiodev [driver=]driver,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
433 " specifies the audio backend to use\n"
434 " id= identifier of the backend\n"
435 " timer-period= timer period in microseconds\n"
Kővágó, Zoltán8efac072019-10-13 21:57:58 +0200436 " in|out.mixing-engine= use mixing engine to mix streams inside QEMU\n"
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100437 " in|out.fixed-settings= use fixed settings for host audio\n"
438 " in|out.frequency= frequency to use with fixed settings\n"
439 " in|out.channels= number of channels to use with fixed settings\n"
440 " in|out.format= sample format to use with fixed settings\n"
441 " valid values: s8, s16, s32, u8, u16, u32\n"
442 " in|out.voices= number of voices to use\n"
Stefan Hajnoczi86247252019-09-18 10:53:33 +0100443 " in|out.buffer-length= length of buffer in microseconds\n"
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100444 "-audiodev none,id=id,[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
445 " dummy driver that discards all output\n"
446#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_ALSA
447 "-audiodev alsa,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
448 " in|out.dev= name of the audio device to use\n"
Stefan Hajnoczidfc54342019-09-18 10:53:35 +0100449 " in|out.period-length= length of period in microseconds\n"
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100450 " in|out.try-poll= attempt to use poll mode\n"
451 " threshold= threshold (in microseconds) when playback starts\n"
452#endif
453#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_COREAUDIO
454 "-audiodev coreaudio,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
455 " in|out.buffer-count= number of buffers\n"
456#endif
457#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_DSOUND
458 "-audiodev dsound,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
459 " latency= add extra latency to playback in microseconds\n"
460#endif
461#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_OSS
462 "-audiodev oss,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
463 " in|out.dev= path of the audio device to use\n"
464 " in|out.buffer-count= number of buffers\n"
465 " in|out.try-poll= attempt to use poll mode\n"
466 " try-mmap= try using memory mapped access\n"
467 " exclusive= open device in exclusive mode\n"
468 " dsp-policy= set timing policy (0..10), -1 to use fragment mode\n"
469#endif
470#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_PA
471 "-audiodev pa,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
472 " server= PulseAudio server address\n"
473 " in|out.name= source/sink device name\n"
474#endif
475#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_SDL
476 "-audiodev sdl,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
477#endif
478#ifdef CONFIG_SPICE
479 "-audiodev spice,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
480#endif
481 "-audiodev wav,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
482 " path= path of wav file to record\n",
483 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
484STEXI
485@item -audiodev [driver=]@var{driver},id=@var{id}[,@var{prop}[=@var{value}][,...]]
486@findex -audiodev
487Adds a new audio backend @var{driver} identified by @var{id}. There are
488global and driver specific properties. Some values can be set
489differently for input and output, they're marked with @code{in|out.}.
490You can set the input's property with @code{in.@var{prop}} and the
491output's property with @code{out.@var{prop}}. For example:
492@example
493-audiodev alsa,id=example,in.frequency=44110,out.frequency=8000
494-audiodev alsa,id=example,out.channels=1 # leaves in.channels unspecified
495@end example
496
Kővágó, Zoltán8efac072019-10-13 21:57:58 +0200497NOTE: parameter validation is known to be incomplete, in many cases
498specifying an invalid option causes QEMU to print an error message and
499continue emulation without sound.
500
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100501Valid global options are:
502
503@table @option
504@item id=@var{identifier}
505Identifies the audio backend.
506
507@item timer-period=@var{period}
508Sets the timer @var{period} used by the audio subsystem in microseconds.
509Default is 10000 (10 ms).
510
Kővágó, Zoltán8efac072019-10-13 21:57:58 +0200511@item in|out.mixing-engine=on|off
512Use QEMU's mixing engine to mix all streams inside QEMU and convert
513audio formats when not supported by the backend. When off,
514@var{fixed-settings} must be off too. Note that disabling this option
515means that the selected backend must support multiple streams and the
516audio formats used by the virtual cards, otherwise you'll get no sound.
517It's not recommended to disable this option unless you want to use 5.1
518or 7.1 audio, as mixing engine only supports mono and stereo audio.
519Default is on.
520
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100521@item in|out.fixed-settings=on|off
522Use fixed settings for host audio. When off, it will change based on
523how the guest opens the sound card. In this case you must not specify
524@var{frequency}, @var{channels} or @var{format}. Default is on.
525
526@item in|out.frequency=@var{frequency}
527Specify the @var{frequency} to use when using @var{fixed-settings}.
528Default is 44100Hz.
529
530@item in|out.channels=@var{channels}
531Specify the number of @var{channels} to use when using
532@var{fixed-settings}. Default is 2 (stereo).
533
534@item in|out.format=@var{format}
535Specify the sample @var{format} to use when using @var{fixed-settings}.
536Valid values are: @code{s8}, @code{s16}, @code{s32}, @code{u8},
537@code{u16}, @code{u32}. Default is @code{s16}.
538
539@item in|out.voices=@var{voices}
540Specify the number of @var{voices} to use. Default is 1.
541
Stefan Hajnoczi86247252019-09-18 10:53:33 +0100542@item in|out.buffer-length=@var{usecs}
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100543Sets the size of the buffer in microseconds.
544
545@end table
546
547@item -audiodev none,id=@var{id}[,@var{prop}[=@var{value}][,...]]
548Creates a dummy backend that discards all outputs. This backend has no
549backend specific properties.
550
551@item -audiodev alsa,id=@var{id}[,@var{prop}[=@var{value}][,...]]
552Creates backend using the ALSA. This backend is only available on
553Linux.
554
555ALSA specific options are:
556
557@table @option
558
559@item in|out.dev=@var{device}
560Specify the ALSA @var{device} to use for input and/or output. Default
561is @code{default}.
562
Stefan Hajnoczidfc54342019-09-18 10:53:35 +0100563@item in|out.period-length=@var{usecs}
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100564Sets the period length in microseconds.
565
566@item in|out.try-poll=on|off
567Attempt to use poll mode with the device. Default is on.
568
569@item threshold=@var{threshold}
570Threshold (in microseconds) when playback starts. Default is 0.
571
572@end table
573
574@item -audiodev coreaudio,id=@var{id}[,@var{prop}[=@var{value}][,...]]
575Creates a backend using Apple's Core Audio. This backend is only
576available on Mac OS and only supports playback.
577
578Core Audio specific options are:
579
580@table @option
581
582@item in|out.buffer-count=@var{count}
583Sets the @var{count} of the buffers.
584
585@end table
586
587@item -audiodev dsound,id=@var{id}[,@var{prop}[=@var{value}][,...]]
588Creates a backend using Microsoft's DirectSound. This backend is only
589available on Windows and only supports playback.
590
591DirectSound specific options are:
592
593@table @option
594
595@item latency=@var{usecs}
596Add extra @var{usecs} microseconds latency to playback. Default is
59710000 (10 ms).
598
599@end table
600
601@item -audiodev oss,id=@var{id}[,@var{prop}[=@var{value}][,...]]
602Creates a backend using OSS. This backend is available on most
603Unix-like systems.
604
605OSS specific options are:
606
607@table @option
608
609@item in|out.dev=@var{device}
610Specify the file name of the OSS @var{device} to use. Default is
611@code{/dev/dsp}.
612
613@item in|out.buffer-count=@var{count}
614Sets the @var{count} of the buffers.
615
616@item in|out.try-poll=on|of
617Attempt to use poll mode with the device. Default is on.
618
619@item try-mmap=on|off
620Try using memory mapped device access. Default is off.
621
622@item exclusive=on|off
623Open the device in exclusive mode (vmix won't work in this case).
624Default is off.
625
626@item dsp-policy=@var{policy}
627Sets the timing policy (between 0 and 10, where smaller number means
628smaller latency but higher CPU usage). Use -1 to use buffer sizes
629specified by @code{buffer} and @code{buffer-count}. This option is
630ignored if you do not have OSS 4. Default is 5.
631
632@end table
633
634@item -audiodev pa,id=@var{id}[,@var{prop}[=@var{value}][,...]]
635Creates a backend using PulseAudio. This backend is available on most
636systems.
637
638PulseAudio specific options are:
639
640@table @option
641
642@item server=@var{server}
643Sets the PulseAudio @var{server} to connect to.
644
645@item in|out.name=@var{sink}
646Use the specified source/sink for recording/playback.
647
648@end table
649
650@item -audiodev sdl,id=@var{id}[,@var{prop}[=@var{value}][,...]]
651Creates a backend using SDL. This backend is available on most systems,
652but you should use your platform's native backend if possible. This
653backend has no backend specific properties.
654
655@item -audiodev spice,id=@var{id}[,@var{prop}[=@var{value}][,...]]
656Creates a backend that sends audio through SPICE. This backend requires
657@code{-spice} and automatically selected in that case, so usually you
658can ignore this option. This backend has no backend specific
659properties.
660
661@item -audiodev wav,id=@var{id}[,@var{prop}[=@var{value}][,...]]
662Creates a backend that writes audio to a WAV file.
663
664Backend specific options are:
665
666@table @option
667
668@item path=@var{path}
669Write recorded audio into the specified file. Default is
670@code{qemu.wav}.
671
672@end table
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100673ETEXI
674
675DEF("soundhw", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_soundhw,
676 "-soundhw c1,... enable audio support\n"
677 " and only specified sound cards (comma separated list)\n"
678 " use '-soundhw help' to get the list of supported cards\n"
679 " use '-soundhw all' to enable all of them\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
680STEXI
681@item -soundhw @var{card1}[,@var{card2},...] or -soundhw all
682@findex -soundhw
683Enable audio and selected sound hardware. Use 'help' to print all
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +0200684available sound hardware. For example:
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100685
686@example
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +0200687@value{qemu_system_x86} -soundhw sb16,adlib disk.img
688@value{qemu_system_x86} -soundhw es1370 disk.img
689@value{qemu_system_x86} -soundhw ac97 disk.img
690@value{qemu_system_x86} -soundhw hda disk.img
691@value{qemu_system_x86} -soundhw all disk.img
692@value{qemu_system_x86} -soundhw help
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100693@end example
694
695Note that Linux's i810_audio OSS kernel (for AC97) module might
696require manually specifying clocking.
697
698@example
699modprobe i810_audio clocking=48000
700@end example
701ETEXI
702
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100703DEF("device", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_device,
704 "-device driver[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
705 " add device (based on driver)\n"
706 " prop=value,... sets driver properties\n"
707 " use '-device help' to print all possible drivers\n"
708 " use '-device driver,help' to print all possible properties\n",
709 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
710STEXI
711@item -device @var{driver}[,@var{prop}[=@var{value}][,...]]
712@findex -device
713Add device @var{driver}. @var{prop}=@var{value} sets driver
714properties. Valid properties depend on the driver. To get help on
715possible drivers and properties, use @code{-device help} and
716@code{-device @var{driver},help}.
Corey Minyardf8490452015-12-17 12:50:10 -0600717
718Some drivers are:
Corey Minyard7b0cd782017-09-06 15:57:07 -0500719@item -device ipmi-bmc-sim,id=@var{id}[,slave_addr=@var{val}][,sdrfile=@var{file}][,furareasize=@var{val}][,furdatafile=@var{file}][,guid=@var{uuid}]
Corey Minyardf8490452015-12-17 12:50:10 -0600720
721Add an IPMI BMC. This is a simulation of a hardware management
722interface processor that normally sits on a system. It provides
723a watchdog and the ability to reset and power control the system.
724You need to connect this to an IPMI interface to make it useful
725
726The IPMI slave address to use for the BMC. The default is 0x20.
727This address is the BMC's address on the I2C network of management
728controllers. If you don't know what this means, it is safe to ignore
729it.
730
Cédric Le Goater8c6fd7f2017-04-05 14:41:31 +0200731@table @option
Corey Minyard7b0cd782017-09-06 15:57:07 -0500732@item id=@var{id}
733The BMC id for interfaces to use this device.
Cédric Le Goater8c6fd7f2017-04-05 14:41:31 +0200734@item slave_addr=@var{val}
735Define slave address to use for the BMC. The default is 0x20.
736@item sdrfile=@var{file}
Cédric Le Goater540c07d2017-04-05 14:41:32 +0200737file containing raw Sensor Data Records (SDR) data. The default is none.
738@item fruareasize=@var{val}
739size of a Field Replaceable Unit (FRU) area. The default is 1024.
740@item frudatafile=@var{file}
741file containing raw Field Replaceable Unit (FRU) inventory data. The default is none.
Corey Minyard7b0cd782017-09-06 15:57:07 -0500742@item guid=@var{uuid}
743value for the GUID for the BMC, in standard UUID format. If this is set,
744get "Get GUID" command to the BMC will return it. Otherwise "Get GUID"
745will return an error.
Cédric Le Goater8c6fd7f2017-04-05 14:41:31 +0200746@end table
747
Corey Minyardf8490452015-12-17 12:50:10 -0600748@item -device ipmi-bmc-extern,id=@var{id},chardev=@var{id}[,slave_addr=@var{val}]
749
750Add a connection to an external IPMI BMC simulator. Instead of
751locally emulating the BMC like the above item, instead connect
752to an external entity that provides the IPMI services.
753
754A connection is made to an external BMC simulator. If you do this, it
755is strongly recommended that you use the "reconnect=" chardev option
756to reconnect to the simulator if the connection is lost. Note that if
757this is not used carefully, it can be a security issue, as the
758interface has the ability to send resets, NMIs, and power off the VM.
759It's best if QEMU makes a connection to an external simulator running
760on a secure port on localhost, so neither the simulator nor QEMU is
761exposed to any outside network.
762
763See the "lanserv/README.vm" file in the OpenIPMI library for more
764details on the external interface.
765
766@item -device isa-ipmi-kcs,bmc=@var{id}[,ioport=@var{val}][,irq=@var{val}]
767
768Add a KCS IPMI interafce on the ISA bus. This also adds a
769corresponding ACPI and SMBIOS entries, if appropriate.
770
771@table @option
772@item bmc=@var{id}
773The BMC to connect to, one of ipmi-bmc-sim or ipmi-bmc-extern above.
774@item ioport=@var{val}
775Define the I/O address of the interface. The default is 0xca0 for KCS.
776@item irq=@var{val}
777Define the interrupt to use. The default is 5. To disable interrupts,
778set this to 0.
779@end table
780
781@item -device isa-ipmi-bt,bmc=@var{id}[,ioport=@var{val}][,irq=@var{val}]
782
783Like the KCS interface, but defines a BT interface. The default port is
7840xe4 and the default interrupt is 5.
785
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100786ETEXI
787
788DEF("name", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_name,
Dr. David Alan Gilbert8f480de2014-01-30 10:20:31 +0000789 "-name string1[,process=string2][,debug-threads=on|off]\n"
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100790 " set the name of the guest\n"
Roman Bolshakov479a5742018-12-17 23:26:01 +0300791 " string1 sets the window title and string2 the process name\n"
792 " When debug-threads is enabled, individual threads are given a separate name\n"
Dr. David Alan Gilbert8f480de2014-01-30 10:20:31 +0000793 " NOTE: The thread names are for debugging and not a stable API.\n",
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100794 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
795STEXI
796@item -name @var{name}
797@findex -name
798Sets the @var{name} of the guest.
799This name will be displayed in the SDL window caption.
800The @var{name} will also be used for the VNC server.
801Also optionally set the top visible process name in Linux.
Dr. David Alan Gilbert8f480de2014-01-30 10:20:31 +0000802Naming of individual threads can also be enabled on Linux to aid debugging.
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100803ETEXI
804
805DEF("uuid", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_uuid,
806 "-uuid %08x-%04x-%04x-%04x-%012x\n"
807 " specify machine UUID\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
808STEXI
809@item -uuid @var{uuid}
810@findex -uuid
811Set system UUID.
812ETEXI
813
814STEXI
815@end table
816ETEXI
817DEFHEADING()
818
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +0200819DEFHEADING(Block device options:)
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100820STEXI
821@table @option
822ETEXI
823
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000824DEF("fda", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_fda,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000825 "-fda/-fdb file use 'file' as floppy disk 0/1 image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
826DEF("fdb", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_fdb, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000827STEXI
828@item -fda @var{file}
Markus Armbrusterf9cfd652015-06-15 14:35:59 +0200829@itemx -fdb @var{file}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +0100830@findex -fda
831@findex -fdb
Markus Armbruster92a539d2015-03-17 17:02:20 +0100832Use @var{file} as floppy disk 0/1 image (@pxref{disk_images}).
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000833ETEXI
834
835DEF("hda", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_hda,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000836 "-hda/-hdb file use 'file' as IDE hard disk 0/1 image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
837DEF("hdb", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_hdb, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000838DEF("hdc", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_hdc,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000839 "-hdc/-hdd file use 'file' as IDE hard disk 2/3 image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
840DEF("hdd", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_hdd, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000841STEXI
842@item -hda @var{file}
Markus Armbrusterf9cfd652015-06-15 14:35:59 +0200843@itemx -hdb @var{file}
844@itemx -hdc @var{file}
845@itemx -hdd @var{file}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +0100846@findex -hda
847@findex -hdb
848@findex -hdc
849@findex -hdd
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000850Use @var{file} as hard disk 0, 1, 2 or 3 image (@pxref{disk_images}).
851ETEXI
852
853DEF("cdrom", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_cdrom,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000854 "-cdrom file use 'file' as IDE cdrom image (cdrom is ide1 master)\n",
855 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000856STEXI
857@item -cdrom @var{file}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +0100858@findex -cdrom
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000859Use @var{file} as CD-ROM image (you cannot use @option{-hdc} and
860@option{-cdrom} at the same time). You can use the host CD-ROM by
861using @file{/dev/cdrom} as filename (@pxref{host_drives}).
862ETEXI
863
Markus Armbruster42e5f392017-02-28 22:27:07 +0100864DEF("blockdev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_blockdev,
865 "-blockdev [driver=]driver[,node-name=N][,discard=ignore|unmap]\n"
866 " [,cache.direct=on|off][,cache.no-flush=on|off]\n"
Kevin Wolfc9b749d2019-10-15 12:29:58 +0200867 " [,read-only=on|off][,auto-read-only=on|off]\n"
868 " [,force-share=on|off][,detect-zeroes=on|off|unmap]\n"
Markus Armbruster42e5f392017-02-28 22:27:07 +0100869 " [,driver specific parameters...]\n"
870 " configure a block backend\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Kevin Wolfdfaca462016-09-22 16:53:24 +0200871STEXI
872@item -blockdev @var{option}[,@var{option}[,@var{option}[,...]]]
873@findex -blockdev
874
Kevin Wolf370e8322016-09-22 17:24:38 +0200875Define a new block driver node. Some of the options apply to all block drivers,
876other options are only accepted for a specific block driver. See below for a
877list of generic options and options for the most common block drivers.
878
879Options that expect a reference to another node (e.g. @code{file}) can be
880given in two ways. Either you specify the node name of an already existing node
881(file=@var{node-name}), or you define a new node inline, adding options
882for the referenced node after a dot (file.filename=@var{path},file.aio=native).
883
884A block driver node created with @option{-blockdev} can be used for a guest
885device by specifying its node name for the @code{drive} property in a
886@option{-device} argument that defines a block device.
Kevin Wolfdfaca462016-09-22 16:53:24 +0200887
888@table @option
889@item Valid options for any block driver node:
890
891@table @code
892@item driver
893Specifies the block driver to use for the given node.
894@item node-name
895This defines the name of the block driver node by which it will be referenced
896later. The name must be unique, i.e. it must not match the name of a different
897block driver node, or (if you use @option{-drive} as well) the ID of a drive.
898
899If no node name is specified, it is automatically generated. The generated node
900name is not intended to be predictable and changes between QEMU invocations.
901For the top level, an explicit node name must be specified.
902@item read-only
903Open the node read-only. Guest write attempts will fail.
Kevin Wolfc9b749d2019-10-15 12:29:58 +0200904
905Note that some block drivers support only read-only access, either generally or
906in certain configurations. In this case, the default value
907@option{read-only=off} does not work and the option must be specified
908explicitly.
909@item auto-read-only
910If @option{auto-read-only=on} is set, QEMU may fall back to read-only usage
911even when @option{read-only=off} is requested, or even switch between modes as
912needed, e.g. depending on whether the image file is writable or whether a
913writing user is attached to the node.
914@item force-share
915Override the image locking system of QEMU by forcing the node to utilize
916weaker shared access for permissions where it would normally request exclusive
917access. When there is the potential for multiple instances to have the same
918file open (whether this invocation of QEMU is the first or the second
919instance), both instances must permit shared access for the second instance to
920succeed at opening the file.
921
922Enabling @option{force-share=on} requires @option{read-only=on}.
Kevin Wolfdfaca462016-09-22 16:53:24 +0200923@item cache.direct
924The host page cache can be avoided with @option{cache.direct=on}. This will
925attempt to do disk IO directly to the guest's memory. QEMU may still perform an
926internal copy of the data.
927@item cache.no-flush
928In case you don't care about data integrity over host failures, you can use
929@option{cache.no-flush=on}. This option tells QEMU that it never needs to write
930any data to the disk but can instead keep things in cache. If anything goes
931wrong, like your host losing power, the disk storage getting disconnected
932accidentally, etc. your image will most probably be rendered unusable.
933@item discard=@var{discard}
934@var{discard} is one of "ignore" (or "off") or "unmap" (or "on") and controls
935whether @code{discard} (also known as @code{trim} or @code{unmap}) requests are
936ignored or passed to the filesystem. Some machine types may not support
937discard requests.
938@item detect-zeroes=@var{detect-zeroes}
939@var{detect-zeroes} is "off", "on" or "unmap" and enables the automatic
940conversion of plain zero writes by the OS to driver specific optimized
941zero write commands. You may even choose "unmap" if @var{discard} is set
942to "unmap" to allow a zero write to be converted to an @code{unmap} operation.
943@end table
944
Kevin Wolf370e8322016-09-22 17:24:38 +0200945@item Driver-specific options for @code{file}
946
947This is the protocol-level block driver for accessing regular files.
948
949@table @code
950@item filename
951The path to the image file in the local filesystem
952@item aio
953Specifies the AIO backend (threads/native, default: threads)
Fam Zheng1878eaf2017-11-24 16:53:51 +0800954@item locking
955Specifies whether the image file is protected with Linux OFD / POSIX locks. The
956default is to use the Linux Open File Descriptor API if available, otherwise no
957lock is applied. (auto/on/off, default: auto)
Kevin Wolf370e8322016-09-22 17:24:38 +0200958@end table
959Example:
960@example
961-blockdev driver=file,node-name=disk,filename=disk.img
962@end example
963
964@item Driver-specific options for @code{raw}
965
966This is the image format block driver for raw images. It is usually
967stacked on top of a protocol level block driver such as @code{file}.
968
969@table @code
970@item file
971Reference to or definition of the data source block driver node
972(e.g. a @code{file} driver node)
973@end table
974Example 1:
975@example
976-blockdev driver=file,node-name=disk_file,filename=disk.img
977-blockdev driver=raw,node-name=disk,file=disk_file
978@end example
979Example 2:
980@example
981-blockdev driver=raw,node-name=disk,file.driver=file,file.filename=disk.img
982@end example
983
984@item Driver-specific options for @code{qcow2}
985
986This is the image format block driver for qcow2 images. It is usually
987stacked on top of a protocol level block driver such as @code{file}.
988
989@table @code
990@item file
991Reference to or definition of the data source block driver node
992(e.g. a @code{file} driver node)
993
994@item backing
995Reference to or definition of the backing file block device (default is taken
Max Reitz4f7be282018-02-24 16:40:33 +0100996from the image file). It is allowed to pass @code{null} here in order to disable
997the default backing file.
Kevin Wolf370e8322016-09-22 17:24:38 +0200998
999@item lazy-refcounts
1000Whether to enable the lazy refcounts feature (on/off; default is taken from the
1001image file)
1002
1003@item cache-size
1004The maximum total size of the L2 table and refcount block caches in bytes
Leonid Bloch40fb2152018-09-26 19:04:39 +03001005(default: the sum of l2-cache-size and refcount-cache-size)
Kevin Wolf370e8322016-09-22 17:24:38 +02001006
1007@item l2-cache-size
1008The maximum size of the L2 table cache in bytes
Leonid Bloch80668d02018-09-26 19:04:44 +03001009(default: if cache-size is not specified - 32M on Linux platforms, and 8M on
1010non-Linux platforms; otherwise, as large as possible within the cache-size,
1011while permitting the requested or the minimal refcount cache size)
Kevin Wolf370e8322016-09-22 17:24:38 +02001012
1013@item refcount-cache-size
1014The maximum size of the refcount block cache in bytes
Leonid Bloch40fb2152018-09-26 19:04:39 +03001015(default: 4 times the cluster size; or if cache-size is specified, the part of
1016it which is not used for the L2 cache)
Kevin Wolf370e8322016-09-22 17:24:38 +02001017
1018@item cache-clean-interval
1019Clean unused entries in the L2 and refcount caches. The interval is in seconds.
Leonid Bloche3a7b452018-09-29 12:54:54 +03001020The default value is 600 on supporting platforms, and 0 on other platforms.
1021Setting it to 0 disables this feature.
Kevin Wolf370e8322016-09-22 17:24:38 +02001022
1023@item pass-discard-request
1024Whether discard requests to the qcow2 device should be forwarded to the data
1025source (on/off; default: on if discard=unmap is specified, off otherwise)
1026
1027@item pass-discard-snapshot
1028Whether discard requests for the data source should be issued when a snapshot
1029operation (e.g. deleting a snapshot) frees clusters in the qcow2 file (on/off;
1030default: on)
1031
1032@item pass-discard-other
1033Whether discard requests for the data source should be issued on other
1034occasions where a cluster gets freed (on/off; default: off)
1035
1036@item overlap-check
1037Which overlap checks to perform for writes to the image
1038(none/constant/cached/all; default: cached). For details or finer
1039granularity control refer to the QAPI documentation of @code{blockdev-add}.
1040@end table
1041
1042Example 1:
1043@example
1044-blockdev driver=file,node-name=my_file,filename=/tmp/disk.qcow2
1045-blockdev driver=qcow2,node-name=hda,file=my_file,overlap-check=none,cache-size=16777216
1046@end example
1047Example 2:
1048@example
1049-blockdev driver=qcow2,node-name=disk,file.driver=http,file.filename=http://example.com/image.qcow2
1050@end example
1051
1052@item Driver-specific options for other drivers
1053Please refer to the QAPI documentation of the @code{blockdev-add} QMP command.
1054
Kevin Wolfdfaca462016-09-22 16:53:24 +02001055@end table
1056
1057ETEXI
Markus Armbruster42e5f392017-02-28 22:27:07 +01001058
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001059DEF("drive", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_drive,
1060 "-drive [file=file][,if=type][,bus=n][,unit=m][,media=d][,index=i]\n"
Stefan Hajnoczi92196b22011-08-04 12:26:52 +01001061 " [,cache=writethrough|writeback|none|directsync|unsafe][,format=f]\n"
Kevin Wolf572023f2018-06-13 11:01:30 +02001062 " [,snapshot=on|off][,rerror=ignore|stop|report]\n"
Stefan Hajnoczid1db7602014-04-23 13:55:37 +02001063 " [,werror=ignore|stop|report|enospc][,id=name][,aio=threads|native]\n"
Stefan Hajnoczifb0490f2011-11-17 13:40:32 +00001064 " [,readonly=on|off][,copy-on-read=on|off]\n"
Peter Lieven2f7133b2014-07-28 21:53:02 +02001065 " [,discard=ignore|unmap][,detect-zeroes=on|off|unmap]\n"
Benoît Canet3e9fab62013-09-02 14:14:40 +02001066 " [[,bps=b]|[[,bps_rd=r][,bps_wr=w]]]\n"
1067 " [[,iops=i]|[[,iops_rd=r][,iops_wr=w]]]\n"
1068 " [[,bps_max=bm]|[[,bps_rd_max=rm][,bps_wr_max=wm]]]\n"
1069 " [[,iops_max=im]|[[,iops_rd_max=irm][,iops_wr_max=iwm]]]\n"
Benoît Canet2024c1d2013-09-02 14:14:41 +02001070 " [[,iops_size=is]]\n"
Alberto Garcia76f4afb2015-06-08 18:17:44 +02001071 " [[,group=g]]\n"
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001072 " use 'file' as a drive image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001073STEXI
1074@item -drive @var{option}[,@var{option}[,@var{option}[,...]]]
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01001075@findex -drive
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001076
Kevin Wolfdfaca462016-09-22 16:53:24 +02001077Define a new drive. This includes creating a block driver node (the backend) as
1078well as a guest device, and is mostly a shortcut for defining the corresponding
1079@option{-blockdev} and @option{-device} options.
1080
1081@option{-drive} accepts all options that are accepted by @option{-blockdev}. In
1082addition, it knows the following options:
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001083
Kevin Wolfb3f046c2009-10-09 10:58:35 +02001084@table @option
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001085@item file=@var{file}
1086This option defines which disk image (@pxref{disk_images}) to use with
1087this drive. If the filename contains comma, you must double it
1088(for instance, "file=my,,file" to use file "my,file").
Ronnie Sahlberg0f5314a2011-10-26 23:51:37 +11001089
1090Special files such as iSCSI devices can be specified using protocol
1091specific URLs. See the section for "Device URL Syntax" for more information.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001092@item if=@var{interface}
1093This option defines on which type on interface the drive is connected.
Craig Jellicked1fcd02017-03-17 08:49:55 -07001094Available types are: ide, scsi, sd, mtd, floppy, pflash, virtio, none.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001095@item bus=@var{bus},unit=@var{unit}
1096These options define where is connected the drive by defining the bus number and
1097the unit id.
1098@item index=@var{index}
1099This option defines where is connected the drive by using an index in the list
1100of available connectors of a given interface type.
1101@item media=@var{media}
1102This option defines the type of the media: disk or cdrom.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001103@item snapshot=@var{snapshot}
Michael Tokarev9d85d552014-04-07 13:34:58 +04001104@var{snapshot} is "on" or "off" and controls snapshot mode for the given drive
1105(see @option{-snapshot}).
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001106@item cache=@var{cache}
Kevin Wolfdfaca462016-09-22 16:53:24 +02001107@var{cache} is "none", "writeback", "unsafe", "directsync" or "writethrough"
1108and controls how the host cache is used to access block data. This is a
1109shortcut that sets the @option{cache.direct} and @option{cache.no-flush}
1110options (as in @option{-blockdev}), and additionally @option{cache.writeback},
1111which provides a default for the @option{write-cache} option of block guest
1112devices (as in @option{-device}). The modes correspond to the following
1113settings:
1114
1115@c Our texi2pod.pl script doesn't support @multitable, so fall back to using
1116@c plain ASCII art (well, UTF-8 art really). This looks okay both in the manpage
1117@c and the HTML output.
1118@example
1119@ │ cache.writeback cache.direct cache.no-flush
1120─────────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────
1121writeback │ on off off
1122none │ on on off
1123writethrough │ off off off
1124directsync │ off on off
1125unsafe │ on off on
1126@end example
1127
1128The default mode is @option{cache=writeback}.
1129
Christoph Hellwig5c6c3a62009-08-20 16:58:35 +02001130@item aio=@var{aio}
1131@var{aio} is "threads", or "native" and selects between pthread based disk I/O and native Linux AIO.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001132@item format=@var{format}
1133Specify which disk @var{format} will be used rather than detecting
Michael Tokarevd33c8a72016-05-18 15:47:53 +03001134the format. Can be used to specify format=raw to avoid interpreting
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001135an untrusted format header.
Luiz Capitulinoae73e592011-07-12 17:35:08 -03001136@item werror=@var{action},rerror=@var{action}
1137Specify which @var{action} to take on write and read errors. Valid actions are:
1138"ignore" (ignore the error and try to continue), "stop" (pause QEMU),
1139"report" (report the error to the guest), "enospc" (pause QEMU only if the
1140host disk is full; report the error to the guest otherwise).
1141The default setting is @option{werror=enospc} and @option{rerror=report}.
Stefan Hajnoczifb0490f2011-11-17 13:40:32 +00001142@item copy-on-read=@var{copy-on-read}
1143@var{copy-on-read} is "on" or "off" and enables whether to copy read backing
1144file sectors into the image file.
Stefan Hajnoczi01f9cfa2017-03-01 11:50:24 +00001145@item bps=@var{b},bps_rd=@var{r},bps_wr=@var{w}
1146Specify bandwidth throttling limits in bytes per second, either for all request
1147types or for reads or writes only. Small values can lead to timeouts or hangs
1148inside the guest. A safe minimum for disks is 2 MB/s.
1149@item bps_max=@var{bm},bps_rd_max=@var{rm},bps_wr_max=@var{wm}
1150Specify bursts in bytes per second, either for all request types or for reads
1151or writes only. Bursts allow the guest I/O to spike above the limit
1152temporarily.
1153@item iops=@var{i},iops_rd=@var{r},iops_wr=@var{w}
1154Specify request rate limits in requests per second, either for all request
1155types or for reads or writes only.
1156@item iops_max=@var{bm},iops_rd_max=@var{rm},iops_wr_max=@var{wm}
1157Specify bursts in requests per second, either for all request types or for reads
1158or writes only. Bursts allow the guest I/O to spike above the limit
1159temporarily.
1160@item iops_size=@var{is}
1161Let every @var{is} bytes of a request count as a new request for iops
1162throttling purposes. Use this option to prevent guests from circumventing iops
1163limits by sending fewer but larger requests.
1164@item group=@var{g}
1165Join a throttling quota group with given name @var{g}. All drives that are
1166members of the same group are accounted for together. Use this option to
1167prevent guests from circumventing throttling limits by using many small disks
1168instead of a single larger disk.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001169@end table
1170
Kevin Wolfdfaca462016-09-22 16:53:24 +02001171By default, the @option{cache.writeback=on} mode is used. It will report data
Kevin Wolfa13e5e02012-11-21 12:26:56 +01001172writes as completed as soon as the data is present in the host page cache.
1173This is safe as long as your guest OS makes sure to correctly flush disk caches
1174where needed. If your guest OS does not handle volatile disk write caches
1175correctly and your host crashes or loses power, then the guest may experience
1176data corruption.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001177
Kevin Wolfdfaca462016-09-22 16:53:24 +02001178For such guests, you should consider using @option{cache.writeback=off}. This
Kevin Wolfa13e5e02012-11-21 12:26:56 +01001179means that the host page cache will be used to read and write data, but write
1180notification will be sent to the guest only after QEMU has made sure to flush
1181each write to the disk. Be aware that this has a major impact on performance.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001182
Kevin Wolfdfaca462016-09-22 16:53:24 +02001183When using the @option{-snapshot} option, unsafe caching is always used.
Alexander Graf016f5cf2010-05-26 17:51:49 +02001184
Stefan Hajnoczifb0490f2011-11-17 13:40:32 +00001185Copy-on-read avoids accessing the same backing file sectors repeatedly and is
1186useful when the backing file is over a slow network. By default copy-on-read
1187is off.
1188
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001189Instead of @option{-cdrom} you can use:
1190@example
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02001191@value{qemu_system} -drive file=file,index=2,media=cdrom
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001192@end example
1193
1194Instead of @option{-hda}, @option{-hdb}, @option{-hdc}, @option{-hdd}, you can
1195use:
1196@example
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02001197@value{qemu_system} -drive file=file,index=0,media=disk
1198@value{qemu_system} -drive file=file,index=1,media=disk
1199@value{qemu_system} -drive file=file,index=2,media=disk
1200@value{qemu_system} -drive file=file,index=3,media=disk
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001201@end example
1202
Corey Bryant587ed6b2012-10-18 15:19:34 -04001203You can open an image using pre-opened file descriptors from an fd set:
1204@example
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02001205@value{qemu_system} \
1206 -add-fd fd=3,set=2,opaque="rdwr:/path/to/file" \
1207 -add-fd fd=4,set=2,opaque="rdonly:/path/to/file" \
1208 -drive file=/dev/fdset/2,index=0,media=disk
Corey Bryant587ed6b2012-10-18 15:19:34 -04001209@end example
1210
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001211You can connect a CDROM to the slave of ide0:
1212@example
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02001213@value{qemu_system_x86} -drive file=file,if=ide,index=1,media=cdrom
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001214@end example
1215
1216If you don't specify the "file=" argument, you define an empty drive:
1217@example
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02001218@value{qemu_system_x86} -drive if=ide,index=1,media=cdrom
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001219@end example
1220
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001221Instead of @option{-fda}, @option{-fdb}, you can use:
1222@example
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02001223@value{qemu_system_x86} -drive file=file,index=0,if=floppy
1224@value{qemu_system_x86} -drive file=file,index=1,if=floppy
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001225@end example
1226
1227By default, @var{interface} is "ide" and @var{index} is automatically
1228incremented:
1229@example
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02001230@value{qemu_system_x86} -drive file=a -drive file=b"
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001231@end example
1232is interpreted like:
1233@example
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02001234@value{qemu_system_x86} -hda a -hdb b
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001235@end example
1236ETEXI
1237
1238DEF("mtdblock", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_mtdblock,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001239 "-mtdblock file use 'file' as on-board Flash memory image\n",
1240 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001241STEXI
Kevin Wolf4e257e52009-10-09 10:58:36 +02001242@item -mtdblock @var{file}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01001243@findex -mtdblock
Kevin Wolf4e257e52009-10-09 10:58:36 +02001244Use @var{file} as on-board Flash memory image.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001245ETEXI
1246
1247DEF("sd", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_sd,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001248 "-sd file use 'file' as SecureDigital card image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001249STEXI
Kevin Wolf4e257e52009-10-09 10:58:36 +02001250@item -sd @var{file}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01001251@findex -sd
Kevin Wolf4e257e52009-10-09 10:58:36 +02001252Use @var{file} as SecureDigital card image.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001253ETEXI
1254
1255DEF("pflash", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_pflash,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001256 "-pflash file use 'file' as a parallel flash image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001257STEXI
Kevin Wolf4e257e52009-10-09 10:58:36 +02001258@item -pflash @var{file}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01001259@findex -pflash
Kevin Wolf4e257e52009-10-09 10:58:36 +02001260Use @var{file} as a parallel flash image.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001261ETEXI
1262
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001263DEF("snapshot", 0, QEMU_OPTION_snapshot,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001264 "-snapshot write to temporary files instead of disk image files\n",
1265 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001266STEXI
1267@item -snapshot
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01001268@findex -snapshot
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001269Write to temporary files instead of disk image files. In this case,
1270the raw disk image you use is not written back. You can however force
1271the write back by pressing @key{C-a s} (@pxref{disk_images}).
1272ETEXI
1273
Gautham R Shenoy74db9202010-04-29 17:44:43 +05301274DEF("fsdev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_fsdev,
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001275 "-fsdev local,id=id,path=path,security_model=mapped-xattr|mapped-file|passthrough|none\n"
1276 " [,writeout=immediate][,readonly][,fmode=fmode][,dmode=dmode]\n"
Pradeep Jagadeeshb8bbdb82017-02-28 10:31:46 +01001277 " [[,throttling.bps-total=b]|[[,throttling.bps-read=r][,throttling.bps-write=w]]]\n"
1278 " [[,throttling.iops-total=i]|[[,throttling.iops-read=r][,throttling.iops-write=w]]]\n"
1279 " [[,throttling.bps-total-max=bm]|[[,throttling.bps-read-max=rm][,throttling.bps-write-max=wm]]]\n"
1280 " [[,throttling.iops-total-max=im]|[[,throttling.iops-read-max=irm][,throttling.iops-write-max=iwm]]]\n"
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001281 " [[,throttling.iops-size=is]]\n"
1282 "-fsdev proxy,id=id,socket=socket[,writeout=immediate][,readonly]\n"
1283 "-fsdev proxy,id=id,sock_fd=sock_fd[,writeout=immediate][,readonly]\n"
1284 "-fsdev synth,id=id\n",
Gautham R Shenoy74db9202010-04-29 17:44:43 +05301285 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
1286
1287STEXI
1288
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001289@item -fsdev local,id=@var{id},path=@var{path},security_model=@var{security_model} [,writeout=@var{writeout}][,readonly][,fmode=@var{fmode}][,dmode=@var{dmode}] [,throttling.@var{option}=@var{value}[,throttling.@var{option}=@var{value}[,...]]]
1290@itemx -fsdev proxy,id=@var{id},socket=@var{socket}[,writeout=@var{writeout}][,readonly]
1291@itemx -fsdev proxy,id=@var{id},sock_fd=@var{sock_fd}[,writeout=@var{writeout}][,readonly]
1292@itemx -fsdev synth,id=@var{id}[,readonly]
Gautham R Shenoy74db9202010-04-29 17:44:43 +05301293@findex -fsdev
Aneesh Kumar K.V7c92a3d2011-10-12 19:11:24 +05301294Define a new file system device. Valid options are:
1295@table @option
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001296@item local
1297Accesses to the filesystem are done by QEMU.
1298@item proxy
1299Accesses to the filesystem are done by virtfs-proxy-helper(1).
1300@item synth
1301Synthetic filesystem, only used by QTests.
Aneesh Kumar K.V7c92a3d2011-10-12 19:11:24 +05301302@item id=@var{id}
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001303Specifies identifier for this device.
Aneesh Kumar K.V7c92a3d2011-10-12 19:11:24 +05301304@item path=@var{path}
1305Specifies the export path for the file system device. Files under
1306this path will be available to the 9p client on the guest.
1307@item security_model=@var{security_model}
1308Specifies the security model to be used for this export path.
Aneesh Kumar K.V2c30dd72012-01-19 12:21:11 +05301309Supported security models are "passthrough", "mapped-xattr", "mapped-file" and "none".
Aneesh Kumar K.V7c92a3d2011-10-12 19:11:24 +05301310In "passthrough" security model, files are stored using the same
Stefan Weilb65ee4f2012-05-11 22:25:50 +02001311credentials as they are created on the guest. This requires QEMU
Aneesh Kumar K.V2c30dd72012-01-19 12:21:11 +05301312to run as root. In "mapped-xattr" security model, some of the file
Aneesh Kumar K.V7c92a3d2011-10-12 19:11:24 +05301313attributes like uid, gid, mode bits and link target are stored as
Aneesh Kumar K.V2c30dd72012-01-19 12:21:11 +05301314file attributes. For "mapped-file" these attributes are stored in the
1315hidden .virtfs_metadata directory. Directories exported by this security model cannot
Aneesh Kumar K.V7c92a3d2011-10-12 19:11:24 +05301316interact with other unix tools. "none" security model is same as
1317passthrough except the sever won't report failures if it fails to
M. Mohan Kumard9b36a62011-10-14 12:59:37 +05301318set file attributes like ownership. Security model is mandatory
Greg Kurz93aee842018-12-12 14:18:10 +01001319only for local fsdriver. Other fsdrivers (like proxy) don't take
M. Mohan Kumard9b36a62011-10-14 12:59:37 +05301320security model as a parameter.
Aneesh Kumar K.V7c92a3d2011-10-12 19:11:24 +05301321@item writeout=@var{writeout}
1322This is an optional argument. The only supported value is "immediate".
1323This means that host page cache will be used to read and write data but
1324write notification will be sent to the guest only when the data has been
1325reported as written by the storage subsystem.
M. Mohan Kumar2c74c2c2011-10-25 12:10:39 +05301326@item readonly
1327Enables exporting 9p share as a readonly mount for guests. By default
1328read-write access is given.
M. Mohan Kumar84a87cc2011-12-14 13:58:47 +05301329@item socket=@var{socket}
1330Enables proxy filesystem driver to use passed socket file for communicating
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001331with virtfs-proxy-helper(1).
M. Mohan Kumarf67e3ff2011-12-14 13:58:46 +05301332@item sock_fd=@var{sock_fd}
1333Enables proxy filesystem driver to use passed socket descriptor for
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001334communicating with virtfs-proxy-helper(1). Usually a helper like libvirt
1335will create socketpair and pass one of the fds as sock_fd.
Tobias Schrammb96feb22017-06-29 15:11:50 +02001336@item fmode=@var{fmode}
1337Specifies the default mode for newly created files on the host. Works only
1338with security models "mapped-xattr" and "mapped-file".
1339@item dmode=@var{dmode}
1340Specifies the default mode for newly created directories on the host. Works
1341only with security models "mapped-xattr" and "mapped-file".
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001342@item throttling.bps-total=@var{b},throttling.bps-read=@var{r},throttling.bps-write=@var{w}
1343Specify bandwidth throttling limits in bytes per second, either for all request
1344types or for reads or writes only.
1345@item throttling.bps-total-max=@var{bm},bps-read-max=@var{rm},bps-write-max=@var{wm}
1346Specify bursts in bytes per second, either for all request types or for reads
1347or writes only. Bursts allow the guest I/O to spike above the limit
1348temporarily.
1349@item throttling.iops-total=@var{i},throttling.iops-read=@var{r}, throttling.iops-write=@var{w}
1350Specify request rate limits in requests per second, either for all request
1351types or for reads or writes only.
1352@item throttling.iops-total-max=@var{im},throttling.iops-read-max=@var{irm}, throttling.iops-write-max=@var{iwm}
1353Specify bursts in requests per second, either for all request types or for reads
1354or writes only. Bursts allow the guest I/O to spike above the limit temporarily.
1355@item throttling.iops-size=@var{is}
1356Let every @var{is} bytes of a request count as a new request for iops
1357throttling purposes.
Gautham R Shenoy74db9202010-04-29 17:44:43 +05301358@end table
Aneesh Kumar K.V7c92a3d2011-10-12 19:11:24 +05301359
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001360-fsdev option is used along with -device driver "virtio-9p-...".
1361@item -device virtio-9p-@var{type},fsdev=@var{id},mount_tag=@var{mount_tag}
1362Options for virtio-9p-... driver are:
Aneesh Kumar K.V7c92a3d2011-10-12 19:11:24 +05301363@table @option
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001364@item @var{type}
1365Specifies the variant to be used. Supported values are "pci", "ccw" or "device",
1366depending on the machine type.
Aneesh Kumar K.V7c92a3d2011-10-12 19:11:24 +05301367@item fsdev=@var{id}
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001368Specifies the id value specified along with -fsdev option.
Aneesh Kumar K.V7c92a3d2011-10-12 19:11:24 +05301369@item mount_tag=@var{mount_tag}
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001370Specifies the tag name to be used by the guest to mount this export point.
Aneesh Kumar K.V7c92a3d2011-10-12 19:11:24 +05301371@end table
1372
Gautham R Shenoy74db9202010-04-29 17:44:43 +05301373ETEXI
Gautham R Shenoy74db9202010-04-29 17:44:43 +05301374
Gautham R Shenoy3d54abc2010-04-29 17:45:03 +05301375DEF("virtfs", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_virtfs,
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001376 "-virtfs local,path=path,mount_tag=tag,security_model=mapped-xattr|mapped-file|passthrough|none\n"
Antonios Motakis1a6ed332019-10-10 11:36:05 +02001377 " [,id=id][,writeout=immediate][,readonly][,fmode=fmode][,dmode=dmode][,multidevs=remap|forbid|warn]\n"
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001378 "-virtfs proxy,mount_tag=tag,socket=socket[,id=id][,writeout=immediate][,readonly]\n"
1379 "-virtfs proxy,mount_tag=tag,sock_fd=sock_fd[,id=id][,writeout=immediate][,readonly]\n"
1380 "-virtfs synth,mount_tag=tag[,id=id][,readonly]\n",
Gautham R Shenoy3d54abc2010-04-29 17:45:03 +05301381 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
1382
1383STEXI
1384
Antonios Motakis1a6ed332019-10-10 11:36:05 +02001385@item -virtfs local,path=@var{path},mount_tag=@var{mount_tag} ,security_model=@var{security_model}[,writeout=@var{writeout}][,readonly] [,fmode=@var{fmode}][,dmode=@var{dmode}][,multidevs=@var{multidevs}]
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001386@itemx -virtfs proxy,socket=@var{socket},mount_tag=@var{mount_tag} [,writeout=@var{writeout}][,readonly]
1387@itemx -virtfs proxy,sock_fd=@var{sock_fd},mount_tag=@var{mount_tag} [,writeout=@var{writeout}][,readonly]
1388@itemx -virtfs synth,mount_tag=@var{mount_tag}
Gautham R Shenoy3d54abc2010-04-29 17:45:03 +05301389@findex -virtfs
Gautham R Shenoy3d54abc2010-04-29 17:45:03 +05301390
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001391Define a new filesystem device and expose it to the guest using a virtio-9p-device. The general form of a Virtual File system pass-through options are:
Aneesh Kumar K.V7c92a3d2011-10-12 19:11:24 +05301392@table @option
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001393@item local
1394Accesses to the filesystem are done by QEMU.
1395@item proxy
1396Accesses to the filesystem are done by virtfs-proxy-helper(1).
1397@item synth
1398Synthetic filesystem, only used by QTests.
Aneesh Kumar K.V7c92a3d2011-10-12 19:11:24 +05301399@item id=@var{id}
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001400Specifies identifier for the filesystem device
Aneesh Kumar K.V7c92a3d2011-10-12 19:11:24 +05301401@item path=@var{path}
1402Specifies the export path for the file system device. Files under
1403this path will be available to the 9p client on the guest.
1404@item security_model=@var{security_model}
1405Specifies the security model to be used for this export path.
Aneesh Kumar K.V2c30dd72012-01-19 12:21:11 +05301406Supported security models are "passthrough", "mapped-xattr", "mapped-file" and "none".
Aneesh Kumar K.V7c92a3d2011-10-12 19:11:24 +05301407In "passthrough" security model, files are stored using the same
Stefan Weilb65ee4f2012-05-11 22:25:50 +02001408credentials as they are created on the guest. This requires QEMU
Aneesh Kumar K.V2c30dd72012-01-19 12:21:11 +05301409to run as root. In "mapped-xattr" security model, some of the file
Aneesh Kumar K.V7c92a3d2011-10-12 19:11:24 +05301410attributes like uid, gid, mode bits and link target are stored as
Aneesh Kumar K.V2c30dd72012-01-19 12:21:11 +05301411file attributes. For "mapped-file" these attributes are stored in the
1412hidden .virtfs_metadata directory. Directories exported by this security model cannot
Aneesh Kumar K.V7c92a3d2011-10-12 19:11:24 +05301413interact with other unix tools. "none" security model is same as
1414passthrough except the sever won't report failures if it fails to
M. Mohan Kumard9b36a62011-10-14 12:59:37 +05301415set file attributes like ownership. Security model is mandatory only
Greg Kurz93aee842018-12-12 14:18:10 +01001416for local fsdriver. Other fsdrivers (like proxy) don't take security
M. Mohan Kumard9b36a62011-10-14 12:59:37 +05301417model as a parameter.
Aneesh Kumar K.V7c92a3d2011-10-12 19:11:24 +05301418@item writeout=@var{writeout}
1419This is an optional argument. The only supported value is "immediate".
1420This means that host page cache will be used to read and write data but
1421write notification will be sent to the guest only when the data has been
1422reported as written by the storage subsystem.
M. Mohan Kumar2c74c2c2011-10-25 12:10:39 +05301423@item readonly
1424Enables exporting 9p share as a readonly mount for guests. By default
1425read-write access is given.
M. Mohan Kumar84a87cc2011-12-14 13:58:47 +05301426@item socket=@var{socket}
1427Enables proxy filesystem driver to use passed socket file for
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001428communicating with virtfs-proxy-helper(1). Usually a helper like libvirt
1429will create socketpair and pass one of the fds as sock_fd.
M. Mohan Kumarf67e3ff2011-12-14 13:58:46 +05301430@item sock_fd
1431Enables proxy filesystem driver to use passed 'sock_fd' as the socket
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001432descriptor for interfacing with virtfs-proxy-helper(1).
Tobias Schrammb96feb22017-06-29 15:11:50 +02001433@item fmode=@var{fmode}
1434Specifies the default mode for newly created files on the host. Works only
1435with security models "mapped-xattr" and "mapped-file".
1436@item dmode=@var{dmode}
1437Specifies the default mode for newly created directories on the host. Works
1438only with security models "mapped-xattr" and "mapped-file".
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001439@item mount_tag=@var{mount_tag}
1440Specifies the tag name to be used by the guest to mount this export point.
Antonios Motakis1a6ed332019-10-10 11:36:05 +02001441@item multidevs=@var{multidevs}
1442Specifies how to deal with multiple devices being shared with a 9p export.
1443Supported behaviours are either "remap", "forbid" or "warn". The latter is
1444the default behaviour on which virtfs 9p expects only one device to be
1445shared with the same export, and if more than one device is shared and
1446accessed via the same 9p export then only a warning message is logged
1447(once) by qemu on host side. In order to avoid file ID collisions on guest
1448you should either create a separate virtfs export for each device to be
1449shared with guests (recommended way) or you might use "remap" instead which
1450allows you to share multiple devices with only one export instead, which is
1451achieved by remapping the original inode numbers from host to guest in a
1452way that would prevent such collisions. Remapping inodes in such use cases
1453is required because the original device IDs from host are never passed and
1454exposed on guest. Instead all files of an export shared with virtfs always
1455share the same device id on guest. So two files with identical inode
1456numbers but from actually different devices on host would otherwise cause a
1457file ID collision and hence potential misbehaviours on guest. "forbid" on
1458the other hand assumes like "warn" that only one device is shared by the
1459same export, however it will not only log a warning message but also
1460deny access to additional devices on guest. Note though that "forbid" does
1461currently not block all possible file access operations (e.g. readdir()
1462would still return entries from other devices).
Gautham R Shenoy3d54abc2010-04-29 17:45:03 +05301463@end table
1464ETEXI
Gautham R Shenoy3d54abc2010-04-29 17:45:03 +05301465
Aneesh Kumar K.V9db221a2011-10-25 12:10:40 +05301466DEF("virtfs_synth", 0, QEMU_OPTION_virtfs_synth,
1467 "-virtfs_synth Create synthetic file system image\n",
1468 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
1469STEXI
1470@item -virtfs_synth
1471@findex -virtfs_synth
Greg Kurz6e4199a2019-05-17 17:34:48 +02001472Create synthetic file system image. Note that this option is now deprecated.
1473Please use @code{-fsdev synth} and @code{-device virtio-9p-...} instead.
Aneesh Kumar K.V9db221a2011-10-25 12:10:40 +05301474ETEXI
1475
Markus Armbruster61d70482017-10-02 16:03:03 +02001476DEF("iscsi", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_iscsi,
1477 "-iscsi [user=user][,password=password]\n"
1478 " [,header-digest=CRC32C|CR32C-NONE|NONE-CRC32C|NONE\n"
1479 " [,initiator-name=initiator-iqn][,id=target-iqn]\n"
1480 " [,timeout=timeout]\n"
1481 " iSCSI session parameters\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
1482
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001483STEXI
Markus Armbruster44743142017-10-02 16:03:04 +02001484@item -iscsi
1485@findex -iscsi
1486Configure iSCSI session parameters.
1487ETEXI
1488
1489STEXI
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001490@end table
1491ETEXI
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001492DEFHEADING()
1493
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02001494DEFHEADING(USB options:)
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001495STEXI
1496@table @option
1497ETEXI
1498
1499DEF("usb", 0, QEMU_OPTION_usb,
Stefan Hajnoczi73f46fe2019-08-15 15:14:28 +01001500 "-usb enable on-board USB host controller (if not enabled by default)\n",
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001501 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
1502STEXI
1503@item -usb
1504@findex -usb
Stefan Hajnoczi73f46fe2019-08-15 15:14:28 +01001505Enable USB emulation on machine types with an on-board USB host controller (if
1506not enabled by default). Note that on-board USB host controllers may not
1507support USB 3.0. In this case @option{-device qemu-xhci} can be used instead
1508on machines with PCI.
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001509ETEXI
1510
1511DEF("usbdevice", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_usbdevice,
1512 "-usbdevice name add the host or guest USB device 'name'\n",
1513 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
1514STEXI
1515
1516@item -usbdevice @var{devname}
1517@findex -usbdevice
Thomas Hutha358a3a2017-05-19 08:35:16 +02001518Add the USB device @var{devname}. Note that this option is deprecated,
1519please use @code{-device usb-...} instead. @xref{usb_devices}.
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001520
1521@table @option
1522
1523@item mouse
1524Virtual Mouse. This will override the PS/2 mouse emulation when activated.
1525
1526@item tablet
1527Pointer device that uses absolute coordinates (like a touchscreen). This
1528means QEMU is able to report the mouse position without having to grab the
1529mouse. Also overrides the PS/2 mouse emulation when activated.
1530
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001531@item braille
1532Braille device. This will use BrlAPI to display the braille output on a real
1533or fake device.
1534
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001535@end table
1536ETEXI
1537
1538STEXI
1539@end table
1540ETEXI
1541DEFHEADING()
1542
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02001543DEFHEADING(Display options:)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001544STEXI
1545@table @option
1546ETEXI
1547
Jes Sorensen1472a952011-03-16 13:33:31 +01001548DEF("display", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_display,
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02001549#if defined(CONFIG_SPICE)
Marc-André Lureaud8aec9d2019-02-21 12:07:03 +01001550 "-display spice-app[,gl=on|off]\n"
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02001551#endif
1552#if defined(CONFIG_SDL)
1553 "-display sdl[,alt_grab=on|off][,ctrl_grab=on|off]\n"
Elie Tournier4867e472018-04-13 14:58:42 +01001554 " [,window_close=on|off][,gl=on|core|es|off]\n"
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02001555#endif
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08001556#if defined(CONFIG_GTK)
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02001557 "-display gtk[,grab_on_hover=on|off][,gl=on|off]|\n"
1558#endif
1559#if defined(CONFIG_VNC)
1560 "-display vnc=<display>[,<optargs>]\n"
1561#endif
1562#if defined(CONFIG_CURSES)
1563 "-display curses[,charset=<encoding>]\n"
1564#endif
1565#if defined(CONFIG_OPENGL)
1566 "-display egl-headless[,rendernode=<file>]\n"
1567#endif
1568 "-display none\n"
1569 " select display backend type\n"
1570 " The default display is equivalent to\n "
1571#if defined(CONFIG_GTK)
1572 "\"-display gtk\"\n"
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08001573#elif defined(CONFIG_SDL)
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02001574 "\"-display sdl\"\n"
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08001575#elif defined(CONFIG_COCOA)
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02001576 "\"-display cocoa\"\n"
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08001577#elif defined(CONFIG_VNC)
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02001578 "\"-vnc localhost:0,to=99,id=default\"\n"
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08001579#else
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02001580 "\"-display none\"\n"
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08001581#endif
1582 , QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Jes Sorensen1472a952011-03-16 13:33:31 +01001583STEXI
1584@item -display @var{type}
1585@findex -display
1586Select type of display to use. This option is a replacement for the
1587old style -sdl/-curses/... options. Valid values for @var{type} are
1588@table @option
1589@item sdl
1590Display video output via SDL (usually in a separate graphics
1591window; see the SDL documentation for other possibilities).
1592@item curses
1593Display video output via curses. For graphics device models which
1594support a text mode, QEMU can display this output using a
1595curses/ncurses interface. Nothing is displayed when the graphics
1596device is in graphical mode or if the graphics device does not support
1597a text mode. Generally only the VGA device models support text mode.
Samuel Thibault2f8b7cd2019-03-11 14:51:27 +01001598The font charset used by the guest can be specified with the
1599@code{charset} option, for example @code{charset=CP850} for IBM CP850
1600encoding. The default is @code{CP437}.
Jes Sorensen4171d322011-03-16 13:33:32 +01001601@item none
1602Do not display video output. The guest will still see an emulated
1603graphics card, but its output will not be displayed to the QEMU
1604user. This option differs from the -nographic option in that it
1605only affects what is done with video output; -nographic also changes
1606the destination of the serial and parallel port data.
Jan Kiszka881249c2014-03-12 08:33:50 +01001607@item gtk
1608Display video output in a GTK window. This interface provides drop-down
1609menus and other UI elements to configure and control the VM during
1610runtime.
Jes Sorensen3264ff12011-03-16 13:33:33 +01001611@item vnc
1612Start a VNC server on display <arg>
Erik Skultety144aaa92018-11-16 11:14:44 +01001613@item egl-headless
1614Offload all OpenGL operations to a local DRI device. For any graphical display,
1615this display needs to be paired with either VNC or SPICE displays.
Marc-André Lureaud8aec9d2019-02-21 12:07:03 +01001616@item spice-app
1617Start QEMU as a Spice server and launch the default Spice client
1618application. The Spice server will redirect the serial consoles and
1619QEMU monitors. (Since 4.0)
Jes Sorensen1472a952011-03-16 13:33:31 +01001620@end table
1621ETEXI
1622
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001623DEF("nographic", 0, QEMU_OPTION_nographic,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001624 "-nographic disable graphical output and redirect serial I/Os to console\n",
1625 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001626STEXI
1627@item -nographic
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01001628@findex -nographic
Colin Lorddc0a3e42016-08-12 15:30:48 -04001629Normally, if QEMU is compiled with graphical window support, it displays
1630output such as guest graphics, guest console, and the QEMU monitor in a
1631window. With this option, you can totally disable graphical output so
1632that QEMU is a simple command line application. The emulated serial port
1633is redirected on the console and muxed with the monitor (unless
1634redirected elsewhere explicitly). Therefore, you can still use QEMU to
1635debug a Linux kernel with a serial console. Use @key{C-a h} for help on
1636switching between the console and monitor.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001637ETEXI
1638
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001639DEF("curses", 0, QEMU_OPTION_curses,
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08001640 "-curses shorthand for -display curses\n",
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001641 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001642STEXI
1643@item -curses
Markus Armbrusterb8f490e2013-02-13 19:49:38 +01001644@findex -curses
Colin Lorddc0a3e42016-08-12 15:30:48 -04001645Normally, if QEMU is compiled with graphical window support, it displays
1646output such as guest graphics, guest console, and the QEMU monitor in a
1647window. With this option, QEMU can display the VGA output when in text
1648mode using a curses/ncurses interface. Nothing is displayed in graphical
1649mode.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001650ETEXI
1651
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001652DEF("alt-grab", 0, QEMU_OPTION_alt_grab,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001653 "-alt-grab use Ctrl-Alt-Shift to grab mouse (instead of Ctrl-Alt)\n",
1654 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001655STEXI
1656@item -alt-grab
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01001657@findex -alt-grab
Brad Hardsde1db2a2011-04-29 21:46:12 +10001658Use Ctrl-Alt-Shift to grab mouse (instead of Ctrl-Alt). Note that this also
1659affects the special keys (for fullscreen, monitor-mode switching, etc).
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001660ETEXI
1661
Dustin Kirkland0ca9f8a2009-09-17 15:48:04 -05001662DEF("ctrl-grab", 0, QEMU_OPTION_ctrl_grab,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001663 "-ctrl-grab use Right-Ctrl to grab mouse (instead of Ctrl-Alt)\n",
1664 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Dustin Kirkland0ca9f8a2009-09-17 15:48:04 -05001665STEXI
1666@item -ctrl-grab
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01001667@findex -ctrl-grab
Brad Hardsde1db2a2011-04-29 21:46:12 +10001668Use Right-Ctrl to grab mouse (instead of Ctrl-Alt). Note that this also
1669affects the special keys (for fullscreen, monitor-mode switching, etc).
Dustin Kirkland0ca9f8a2009-09-17 15:48:04 -05001670ETEXI
1671
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001672DEF("no-quit", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_quit,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001673 "-no-quit disable SDL window close capability\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001674STEXI
1675@item -no-quit
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01001676@findex -no-quit
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001677Disable SDL window close capability.
1678ETEXI
1679
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001680DEF("sdl", 0, QEMU_OPTION_sdl,
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08001681 "-sdl shorthand for -display sdl\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001682STEXI
1683@item -sdl
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01001684@findex -sdl
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001685Enable SDL.
1686ETEXI
1687
Gerd Hoffmann29b00402010-03-11 11:13:27 -03001688DEF("spice", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_spice,
Yonit Halperin27af7782012-08-21 13:54:20 +03001689 "-spice [port=port][,tls-port=secured-port][,x509-dir=<dir>]\n"
1690 " [,x509-key-file=<file>][,x509-key-password=<file>]\n"
1691 " [,x509-cert-file=<file>][,x509-cacert-file=<file>]\n"
Marc-André Lureaufe4831b2015-01-13 17:57:51 +01001692 " [,x509-dh-key-file=<file>][,addr=addr][,ipv4|ipv6|unix]\n"
Yonit Halperin27af7782012-08-21 13:54:20 +03001693 " [,tls-ciphers=<list>]\n"
1694 " [,tls-channel=[main|display|cursor|inputs|record|playback]]\n"
1695 " [,plaintext-channel=[main|display|cursor|inputs|record|playback]]\n"
1696 " [,sasl][,password=<secret>][,disable-ticketing]\n"
1697 " [,image-compression=[auto_glz|auto_lz|quic|glz|lz|off]]\n"
1698 " [,jpeg-wan-compression=[auto|never|always]]\n"
1699 " [,zlib-glz-wan-compression=[auto|never|always]]\n"
1700 " [,streaming-video=[off|all|filter]][,disable-copy-paste]\n"
Hans de Goede5ad24e52013-06-08 15:37:27 +02001701 " [,disable-agent-file-xfer][,agent-mouse=[on|off]]\n"
1702 " [,playback-compression=[on|off]][,seamless-migration=[on|off]]\n"
Marc-André Lureau7b525502017-02-12 15:21:18 +04001703 " [,gl=[on|off]][,rendernode=<file>]\n"
Yonit Halperin27af7782012-08-21 13:54:20 +03001704 " enable spice\n"
1705 " at least one of {port, tls-port} is mandatory\n",
1706 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Gerd Hoffmann29b00402010-03-11 11:13:27 -03001707STEXI
1708@item -spice @var{option}[,@var{option}[,...]]
1709@findex -spice
1710Enable the spice remote desktop protocol. Valid options are
1711
1712@table @option
1713
1714@item port=<nr>
Gerd Hoffmannc448e852010-03-11 11:13:32 -03001715Set the TCP port spice is listening on for plaintext channels.
Gerd Hoffmann29b00402010-03-11 11:13:27 -03001716
Gerd Hoffmann333b0ee2010-08-27 14:29:16 +02001717@item addr=<addr>
1718Set the IP address spice is listening on. Default is any address.
1719
1720@item ipv4
Markus Armbrusterf9cfd652015-06-15 14:35:59 +02001721@itemx ipv6
1722@itemx unix
Gerd Hoffmann333b0ee2010-08-27 14:29:16 +02001723Force using the specified IP version.
1724
Gerd Hoffmann29b00402010-03-11 11:13:27 -03001725@item password=<secret>
1726Set the password you need to authenticate.
1727
Marc-André Lureau48b3ed02011-05-17 10:40:33 +02001728@item sasl
1729Require that the client use SASL to authenticate with the spice.
1730The exact choice of authentication method used is controlled from the
1731system / user's SASL configuration file for the 'qemu' service. This
1732is typically found in /etc/sasl2/qemu.conf. If running QEMU as an
1733unprivileged user, an environment variable SASL_CONF_PATH can be used
1734to make it search alternate locations for the service config.
1735While some SASL auth methods can also provide data encryption (eg GSSAPI),
1736it is recommended that SASL always be combined with the 'tls' and
1737'x509' settings to enable use of SSL and server certificates. This
1738ensures a data encryption preventing compromise of authentication
1739credentials.
1740
Gerd Hoffmann29b00402010-03-11 11:13:27 -03001741@item disable-ticketing
1742Allow client connects without authentication.
1743
Hans de Goeded4970b02011-03-27 16:43:54 +02001744@item disable-copy-paste
1745Disable copy paste between the client and the guest.
1746
Hans de Goede5ad24e52013-06-08 15:37:27 +02001747@item disable-agent-file-xfer
1748Disable spice-vdagent based file-xfer between the client and the guest.
1749
Gerd Hoffmannc448e852010-03-11 11:13:32 -03001750@item tls-port=<nr>
1751Set the TCP port spice is listening on for encrypted channels.
1752
1753@item x509-dir=<dir>
1754Set the x509 file directory. Expects same filenames as -vnc $display,x509=$dir
1755
1756@item x509-key-file=<file>
Markus Armbrusterf9cfd652015-06-15 14:35:59 +02001757@itemx x509-key-password=<file>
1758@itemx x509-cert-file=<file>
1759@itemx x509-cacert-file=<file>
1760@itemx x509-dh-key-file=<file>
Gerd Hoffmannc448e852010-03-11 11:13:32 -03001761The x509 file names can also be configured individually.
1762
1763@item tls-ciphers=<list>
1764Specify which ciphers to use.
1765
Alon Levyd70d6b32011-12-20 13:05:18 +02001766@item tls-channel=[main|display|cursor|inputs|record|playback]
Markus Armbrusterf9cfd652015-06-15 14:35:59 +02001767@itemx plaintext-channel=[main|display|cursor|inputs|record|playback]
Gerd Hoffmann17b6dea2010-08-27 14:09:56 +02001768Force specific channel to be used with or without TLS encryption. The
1769options can be specified multiple times to configure multiple
1770channels. The special name "default" can be used to set the default
1771mode. For channels which are not explicitly forced into one mode the
1772spice client is allowed to pick tls/plaintext as he pleases.
1773
Yonit Halperin9f04e092010-07-14 13:26:34 +03001774@item image-compression=[auto_glz|auto_lz|quic|glz|lz|off]
1775Configure image compression (lossless).
1776Default is auto_glz.
1777
1778@item jpeg-wan-compression=[auto|never|always]
Markus Armbrusterf9cfd652015-06-15 14:35:59 +02001779@itemx zlib-glz-wan-compression=[auto|never|always]
Yonit Halperin9f04e092010-07-14 13:26:34 +03001780Configure wan image compression (lossy for slow links).
1781Default is auto.
1782
Gerd Hoffmann84a23f22010-08-30 16:36:53 +02001783@item streaming-video=[off|all|filter]
Li Zhijian93ca5192016-08-01 12:06:59 +08001784Configure video stream detection. Default is off.
Gerd Hoffmann84a23f22010-08-30 16:36:53 +02001785
1786@item agent-mouse=[on|off]
1787Enable/disable passing mouse events via vdagent. Default is on.
1788
1789@item playback-compression=[on|off]
1790Enable/disable audio stream compression (using celt 0.5.1). Default is on.
1791
Yonit Halperin8c957052012-08-21 11:51:59 +03001792@item seamless-migration=[on|off]
1793Enable/disable spice seamless migration. Default is off.
1794
Gerd Hoffmann474114b2015-10-13 15:39:34 +02001795@item gl=[on|off]
1796Enable/disable OpenGL context. Default is off.
1797
Marc-André Lureau7b525502017-02-12 15:21:18 +04001798@item rendernode=<file>
1799DRM render node for OpenGL rendering. If not specified, it will pick
1800the first available. (Since 2.9)
1801
Gerd Hoffmann29b00402010-03-11 11:13:27 -03001802@end table
1803ETEXI
1804
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001805DEF("portrait", 0, QEMU_OPTION_portrait,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001806 "-portrait rotate graphical output 90 deg left (only PXA LCD)\n",
1807 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001808STEXI
1809@item -portrait
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01001810@findex -portrait
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001811Rotate graphical output 90 deg left (only PXA LCD).
1812ETEXI
1813
Vasily Khoruzhick93128052011-06-17 13:04:36 +03001814DEF("rotate", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_rotate,
1815 "-rotate <deg> rotate graphical output some deg left (only PXA LCD)\n",
1816 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
1817STEXI
Markus Armbruster6265c432013-02-13 19:49:39 +01001818@item -rotate @var{deg}
Vasily Khoruzhick93128052011-06-17 13:04:36 +03001819@findex -rotate
1820Rotate graphical output some deg left (only PXA LCD).
1821ETEXI
1822
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001823DEF("vga", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_vga,
Gerd Hoffmanna94f0c52014-09-10 14:28:48 +02001824 "-vga [std|cirrus|vmware|qxl|xenfb|tcx|cg3|virtio|none]\n"
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001825 " select video card type\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001826STEXI
malce4558dc2012-08-27 18:33:21 +04001827@item -vga @var{type}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01001828@findex -vga
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001829Select type of VGA card to emulate. Valid values for @var{type} are
Kevin Wolfb3f046c2009-10-09 10:58:35 +02001830@table @option
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001831@item cirrus
1832Cirrus Logic GD5446 Video card. All Windows versions starting from
1833Windows 95 should recognize and use this graphic card. For optimal
1834performances, use 16 bit color depth in the guest and the host OS.
Alberto Garcia41eeb0e2017-01-27 11:41:54 +02001835(This card was the default before QEMU 2.2)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001836@item std
1837Standard VGA card with Bochs VBE extensions. If your guest OS
1838supports the VESA 2.0 VBE extensions (e.g. Windows XP) and if you want
1839to use high resolution modes (>= 1280x1024x16) then you should use
Alberto Garcia41eeb0e2017-01-27 11:41:54 +02001840this option. (This card is the default since QEMU 2.2)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001841@item vmware
1842VMWare SVGA-II compatible adapter. Use it if you have sufficiently
1843recent XFree86/XOrg server or Windows guest with a driver for this
1844card.
Gerd Hoffmanna19cbfb2010-04-27 11:50:11 +02001845@item qxl
1846QXL paravirtual graphic card. It is VGA compatible (including VESA
18472.0 VBE support). Works best with qxl guest drivers installed though.
1848Recommended choice when using the spice protocol.
Mark Cave-Ayland33632782014-03-17 21:46:25 +00001849@item tcx
1850(sun4m only) Sun TCX framebuffer. This is the default framebuffer for
1851sun4m machines and offers both 8-bit and 24-bit colour depths at a
1852fixed resolution of 1024x768.
1853@item cg3
1854(sun4m only) Sun cgthree framebuffer. This is a simple 8-bit framebuffer
1855for sun4m machines available in both 1024x768 (OpenBIOS) and 1152x900 (OBP)
1856resolutions aimed at people wishing to run older Solaris versions.
Gerd Hoffmanna94f0c52014-09-10 14:28:48 +02001857@item virtio
1858Virtio VGA card.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001859@item none
1860Disable VGA card.
1861@end table
1862ETEXI
1863
1864DEF("full-screen", 0, QEMU_OPTION_full_screen,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001865 "-full-screen start in full screen\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001866STEXI
1867@item -full-screen
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01001868@findex -full-screen
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001869Start in full screen.
1870ETEXI
1871
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001872DEF("g", 1, QEMU_OPTION_g ,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001873 "-g WxH[xDEPTH] Set the initial graphical resolution and depth\n",
Laurent Vivier8ac919a2019-10-26 18:45:43 +02001874 QEMU_ARCH_PPC | QEMU_ARCH_SPARC | QEMU_ARCH_M68K)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001875STEXI
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01001876@item -g @var{width}x@var{height}[x@var{depth}]
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01001877@findex -g
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01001878Set the initial graphical resolution and depth (PPC, SPARC only).
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001879ETEXI
1880
1881DEF("vnc", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_vnc ,
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08001882 "-vnc <display> shorthand for -display vnc=<display>\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001883STEXI
1884@item -vnc @var{display}[,@var{option}[,@var{option}[,...]]]
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01001885@findex -vnc
Colin Lorddc0a3e42016-08-12 15:30:48 -04001886Normally, if QEMU is compiled with graphical window support, it displays
1887output such as guest graphics, guest console, and the QEMU monitor in a
1888window. With this option, you can have QEMU listen on VNC display
1889@var{display} and redirect the VGA display over the VNC session. It is
1890very useful to enable the usb tablet device when using this option
Thomas Hutha358a3a2017-05-19 08:35:16 +02001891(option @option{-device usb-tablet}). When using the VNC display, you
Colin Lorddc0a3e42016-08-12 15:30:48 -04001892must use the @option{-k} parameter to set the keyboard layout if you are
1893not using en-us. Valid syntax for the @var{display} is
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001894
Kevin Wolfb3f046c2009-10-09 10:58:35 +02001895@table @option
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001896
Robert Ho99a9a522016-05-31 15:03:09 +08001897@item to=@var{L}
1898
1899With this option, QEMU will try next available VNC @var{display}s, until the
1900number @var{L}, if the origianlly defined "-vnc @var{display}" is not
1901available, e.g. port 5900+@var{display} is already used by another
1902application. By default, to=0.
1903
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001904@item @var{host}:@var{d}
1905
1906TCP connections will only be allowed from @var{host} on display @var{d}.
1907By convention the TCP port is 5900+@var{d}. Optionally, @var{host} can
1908be omitted in which case the server will accept connections from any host.
1909
Kevin Wolf4e257e52009-10-09 10:58:36 +02001910@item unix:@var{path}
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001911
1912Connections will be allowed over UNIX domain sockets where @var{path} is the
1913location of a unix socket to listen for connections on.
1914
1915@item none
1916
1917VNC is initialized but not started. The monitor @code{change} command
1918can be used to later start the VNC server.
1919
1920@end table
1921
1922Following the @var{display} value there may be one or more @var{option} flags
1923separated by commas. Valid options are
1924
Kevin Wolfb3f046c2009-10-09 10:58:35 +02001925@table @option
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001926
1927@item reverse
1928
1929Connect to a listening VNC client via a ``reverse'' connection. The
1930client is specified by the @var{display}. For reverse network
1931connections (@var{host}:@var{d},@code{reverse}), the @var{d} argument
1932is a TCP port number, not a display number.
1933
Tim Hardeck7536ee42013-01-21 11:04:44 +01001934@item websocket
1935
1936Opens an additional TCP listening port dedicated to VNC Websocket connections.
Daniel P. Berrange275e0d62017-02-03 12:06:45 +00001937If a bare @var{websocket} option is given, the Websocket port is
19385700+@var{display}. An alternative port can be specified with the
1939syntax @code{websocket}=@var{port}.
1940
1941If @var{host} is specified connections will only be allowed from this host.
1942It is possible to control the websocket listen address independently, using
1943the syntax @code{websocket}=@var{host}:@var{port}.
1944
Daniel P. Berrange3e305e42015-08-06 14:39:32 +01001945If no TLS credentials are provided, the websocket connection runs in
1946unencrypted mode. If TLS credentials are provided, the websocket connection
1947requires encrypted client connections.
Tim Hardeck7536ee42013-01-21 11:04:44 +01001948
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001949@item password
1950
1951Require that password based authentication is used for client connections.
Michal Novotny86ee5bc2012-07-16 15:54:38 +02001952
1953The password must be set separately using the @code{set_password} command in
1954the @ref{pcsys_monitor}. The syntax to change your password is:
1955@code{set_password <protocol> <password>} where <protocol> could be either
1956"vnc" or "spice".
1957
1958If you would like to change <protocol> password expiration, you should use
1959@code{expire_password <protocol> <expiration-time>} where expiration time could
1960be one of the following options: now, never, +seconds or UNIX time of
1961expiration, e.g. +60 to make password expire in 60 seconds, or 1335196800
1962to make password expire on "Mon Apr 23 12:00:00 EDT 2012" (UNIX time for this
1963date and time).
1964
1965You can also use keywords "now" or "never" for the expiration time to
1966allow <protocol> password to expire immediately or never expire.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001967
Daniel P. Berrange3e305e42015-08-06 14:39:32 +01001968@item tls-creds=@var{ID}
1969
1970Provides the ID of a set of TLS credentials to use to secure the
1971VNC server. They will apply to both the normal VNC server socket
1972and the websocket socket (if enabled). Setting TLS credentials
1973will cause the VNC server socket to enable the VeNCrypt auth
1974mechanism. The credentials should have been previously created
1975using the @option{-object tls-creds} argument.
1976
Daniel P. Berrange55cf09a2019-02-27 14:57:54 +00001977@item tls-authz=@var{ID}
1978
1979Provides the ID of the QAuthZ authorization object against which
1980the client's x509 distinguished name will validated. This object is
1981only resolved at time of use, so can be deleted and recreated on the
1982fly while the VNC server is active. If missing, it will default
1983to denying access.
1984
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001985@item sasl
1986
1987Require that the client use SASL to authenticate with the VNC server.
1988The exact choice of authentication method used is controlled from the
1989system / user's SASL configuration file for the 'qemu' service. This
1990is typically found in /etc/sasl2/qemu.conf. If running QEMU as an
1991unprivileged user, an environment variable SASL_CONF_PATH can be used
1992to make it search alternate locations for the service config.
1993While some SASL auth methods can also provide data encryption (eg GSSAPI),
1994it is recommended that SASL always be combined with the 'tls' and
1995'x509' settings to enable use of SSL and server certificates. This
1996ensures a data encryption preventing compromise of authentication
1997credentials. See the @ref{vnc_security} section for details on using
1998SASL authentication.
1999
Daniel P. Berrange55cf09a2019-02-27 14:57:54 +00002000@item sasl-authz=@var{ID}
2001
2002Provides the ID of the QAuthZ authorization object against which
2003the client's SASL username will validated. This object is
2004only resolved at time of use, so can be deleted and recreated on the
2005fly while the VNC server is active. If missing, it will default
2006to denying access.
2007
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002008@item acl
2009
Daniel P. Berrange55cf09a2019-02-27 14:57:54 +00002010Legacy method for enabling authorization of clients against the
2011x509 distinguished name and SASL username. It results in the creation
2012of two @code{authz-list} objects with IDs of @code{vnc.username} and
2013@code{vnc.x509dname}. The rules for these objects must be configured
2014with the HMP ACL commands.
2015
2016This option is deprecated and should no longer be used. The new
2017@option{sasl-authz} and @option{tls-authz} options are a
2018replacement.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002019
Corentin Chary6f9c78c2010-07-07 20:57:51 +02002020@item lossy
2021
2022Enable lossy compression methods (gradient, JPEG, ...). If this
2023option is set, VNC client may receive lossy framebuffer updates
2024depending on its encoding settings. Enabling this option can save
2025a lot of bandwidth at the expense of quality.
2026
Corentin Chary80e0c8c2011-02-04 09:06:08 +01002027@item non-adaptive
2028
2029Disable adaptive encodings. Adaptive encodings are enabled by default.
2030An adaptive encoding will try to detect frequently updated screen regions,
2031and send updates in these regions using a lossy encoding (like JPEG).
Stefan Weil61cc8702011-04-13 22:45:22 +02002032This can be really helpful to save bandwidth when playing videos. Disabling
Michael Tokarev9d85d552014-04-07 13:34:58 +04002033adaptive encodings restores the original static behavior of encodings
Corentin Chary80e0c8c2011-02-04 09:06:08 +01002034like Tight.
2035
Gerd Hoffmann8cf36482011-11-24 18:10:49 +01002036@item share=[allow-exclusive|force-shared|ignore]
2037
2038Set display sharing policy. 'allow-exclusive' allows clients to ask
2039for exclusive access. As suggested by the rfb spec this is
2040implemented by dropping other connections. Connecting multiple
2041clients in parallel requires all clients asking for a shared session
2042(vncviewer: -shared switch). This is the default. 'force-shared'
2043disables exclusive client access. Useful for shared desktop sessions,
2044where you don't want someone forgetting specify -shared disconnect
2045everybody else. 'ignore' completely ignores the shared flag and
2046allows everybody connect unconditionally. Doesn't conform to the rfb
Stefan Weilb65ee4f2012-05-11 22:25:50 +02002047spec but is traditional QEMU behavior.
Gerd Hoffmann8cf36482011-11-24 18:10:49 +01002048
Gerd Hoffmannc5ce8332016-06-01 08:22:30 +02002049@item key-delay-ms
2050
2051Set keyboard delay, for key down and key up events, in milliseconds.
Alexander Grafd3b0db62017-07-12 14:43:45 +02002052Default is 10. Keyboards are low-bandwidth devices, so this slowdown
Gerd Hoffmannc5ce8332016-06-01 08:22:30 +02002053can help the device and guest to keep up and not lose events in case
2054events are arriving in bulk. Possible causes for the latter are flaky
2055network connections, or scripts for automated testing.
2056
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b9f362019-08-19 01:06:48 +02002057@item audiodev=@var{audiodev}
2058
2059Use the specified @var{audiodev} when the VNC client requests audio
2060transmission. When not using an -audiodev argument, this option must
2061be omitted, otherwise is must be present and specify a valid audiodev.
2062
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002063@end table
2064ETEXI
2065
2066STEXI
2067@end table
2068ETEXI
Michael Ellermana3adb7a2011-12-19 17:19:31 +11002069ARCHHEADING(, QEMU_ARCH_I386)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002070
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02002071ARCHHEADING(i386 target only:, QEMU_ARCH_I386)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002072STEXI
2073@table @option
2074ETEXI
2075
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002076DEF("win2k-hack", 0, QEMU_OPTION_win2k_hack,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002077 "-win2k-hack use it when installing Windows 2000 to avoid a disk full bug\n",
2078 QEMU_ARCH_I386)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002079STEXI
2080@item -win2k-hack
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01002081@findex -win2k-hack
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002082Use it when installing Windows 2000 to avoid a disk full bug. After
2083Windows 2000 is installed, you no longer need this option (this option
2084slows down the IDE transfers).
2085ETEXI
2086
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002087DEF("no-fd-bootchk", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_fd_bootchk,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002088 "-no-fd-bootchk disable boot signature checking for floppy disks\n",
2089 QEMU_ARCH_I386)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002090STEXI
2091@item -no-fd-bootchk
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01002092@findex -no-fd-bootchk
Markus Armbruster4eda32f2013-06-14 13:15:06 +02002093Disable boot signature checking for floppy disks in BIOS. May
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002094be needed to boot from old floppy disks.
2095ETEXI
2096
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002097DEF("no-acpi", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_acpi,
Shannon Zhaof5d8c8c2015-05-29 11:28:54 +01002098 "-no-acpi disable ACPI\n", QEMU_ARCH_I386 | QEMU_ARCH_ARM)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002099STEXI
2100@item -no-acpi
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01002101@findex -no-acpi
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002102Disable ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) support. Use
2103it if your guest OS complains about ACPI problems (PC target machine
2104only).
2105ETEXI
2106
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002107DEF("no-hpet", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_hpet,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002108 "-no-hpet disable HPET\n", QEMU_ARCH_I386)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002109STEXI
2110@item -no-hpet
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01002111@findex -no-hpet
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002112Disable HPET support.
2113ETEXI
2114
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002115DEF("acpitable", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_acpitable,
Michael Tokarev104bf022011-05-12 18:44:17 +04002116 "-acpitable [sig=str][,rev=n][,oem_id=str][,oem_table_id=str][,oem_rev=n][,asl_compiler_id=str][,asl_compiler_rev=n][,{data|file}=file1[:file2]...]\n"
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002117 " ACPI table description\n", QEMU_ARCH_I386)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002118STEXI
2119@item -acpitable [sig=@var{str}][,rev=@var{n}][,oem_id=@var{str}][,oem_table_id=@var{str}][,oem_rev=@var{n}] [,asl_compiler_id=@var{str}][,asl_compiler_rev=@var{n}][,data=@var{file1}[:@var{file2}]...]
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01002120@findex -acpitable
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002121Add ACPI table with specified header fields and context from specified files.
Michael Tokarev104bf022011-05-12 18:44:17 +04002122For file=, take whole ACPI table from the specified files, including all
2123ACPI headers (possible overridden by other options).
2124For data=, only data
2125portion of the table is used, all header information is specified in the
2126command line.
Laszlo Ersekae123742016-01-18 15:12:13 +01002127If a SLIC table is supplied to QEMU, then the SLIC's oem_id and oem_table_id
2128fields will override the same in the RSDT and the FADT (a.k.a. FACP), in order
2129to ensure the field matches required by the Microsoft SLIC spec and the ACPI
2130spec.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002131ETEXI
2132
aliguorib6f6e3d2009-04-17 18:59:56 +00002133DEF("smbios", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_smbios,
2134 "-smbios file=binary\n"
Bruce Rogersca1a8a02010-01-06 12:33:57 -07002135 " load SMBIOS entry from binary file\n"
Gabriel L. Somlob155eb12015-02-05 11:45:30 -05002136 "-smbios type=0[,vendor=str][,version=str][,date=str][,release=%d.%d]\n"
2137 " [,uefi=on|off]\n"
Bruce Rogersca1a8a02010-01-06 12:33:57 -07002138 " specify SMBIOS type 0 fields\n"
aliguorib6f6e3d2009-04-17 18:59:56 +00002139 "-smbios type=1[,manufacturer=str][,product=str][,version=str][,serial=str]\n"
2140 " [,uuid=uuid][,sku=str][,family=str]\n"
Gabriel L. Somlob155eb12015-02-05 11:45:30 -05002141 " specify SMBIOS type 1 fields\n"
2142 "-smbios type=2[,manufacturer=str][,product=str][,version=str][,serial=str]\n"
2143 " [,asset=str][,location=str]\n"
2144 " specify SMBIOS type 2 fields\n"
2145 "-smbios type=3[,manufacturer=str][,version=str][,serial=str][,asset=str]\n"
2146 " [,sku=str]\n"
2147 " specify SMBIOS type 3 fields\n"
2148 "-smbios type=4[,sock_pfx=str][,manufacturer=str][,version=str][,serial=str]\n"
2149 " [,asset=str][,part=str]\n"
2150 " specify SMBIOS type 4 fields\n"
2151 "-smbios type=17[,loc_pfx=str][,bank=str][,manufacturer=str][,serial=str]\n"
Gabriel L. Somlo3ebd6cc2015-03-11 13:58:01 -04002152 " [,asset=str][,part=str][,speed=%d]\n"
Gabriel L. Somlob155eb12015-02-05 11:45:30 -05002153 " specify SMBIOS type 17 fields\n",
Wei Huangc30e1562015-09-07 10:39:29 +01002154 QEMU_ARCH_I386 | QEMU_ARCH_ARM)
aliguorib6f6e3d2009-04-17 18:59:56 +00002155STEXI
2156@item -smbios file=@var{binary}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01002157@findex -smbios
aliguorib6f6e3d2009-04-17 18:59:56 +00002158Load SMBIOS entry from binary file.
2159
Gabriel L. Somlo84351842014-05-19 10:09:54 -04002160@item -smbios type=0[,vendor=@var{str}][,version=@var{str}][,date=@var{str}][,release=@var{%d.%d}][,uefi=on|off]
aliguorib6f6e3d2009-04-17 18:59:56 +00002161Specify SMBIOS type 0 fields
2162
Gabriel L. Somlob155eb12015-02-05 11:45:30 -05002163@item -smbios type=1[,manufacturer=@var{str}][,product=@var{str}][,version=@var{str}][,serial=@var{str}][,uuid=@var{uuid}][,sku=@var{str}][,family=@var{str}]
aliguorib6f6e3d2009-04-17 18:59:56 +00002164Specify SMBIOS type 1 fields
Gabriel L. Somlob155eb12015-02-05 11:45:30 -05002165
Igor Mammedov3fdbd1d2019-05-21 16:23:31 +02002166@item -smbios type=2[,manufacturer=@var{str}][,product=@var{str}][,version=@var{str}][,serial=@var{str}][,asset=@var{str}][,location=@var{str}]
Gabriel L. Somlob155eb12015-02-05 11:45:30 -05002167Specify SMBIOS type 2 fields
2168
2169@item -smbios type=3[,manufacturer=@var{str}][,version=@var{str}][,serial=@var{str}][,asset=@var{str}][,sku=@var{str}]
2170Specify SMBIOS type 3 fields
2171
2172@item -smbios type=4[,sock_pfx=@var{str}][,manufacturer=@var{str}][,version=@var{str}][,serial=@var{str}][,asset=@var{str}][,part=@var{str}]
2173Specify SMBIOS type 4 fields
2174
Gabriel L. Somlo3ebd6cc2015-03-11 13:58:01 -04002175@item -smbios type=17[,loc_pfx=@var{str}][,bank=@var{str}][,manufacturer=@var{str}][,serial=@var{str}][,asset=@var{str}][,part=@var{str}][,speed=@var{%d}]
Gabriel L. Somlob155eb12015-02-05 11:45:30 -05002176Specify SMBIOS type 17 fields
aliguorib6f6e3d2009-04-17 18:59:56 +00002177ETEXI
2178
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002179STEXI
2180@end table
2181ETEXI
Markus Armbrusterc70a01e2013-02-13 19:49:40 +01002182DEFHEADING()
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002183
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02002184DEFHEADING(Network options:)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002185STEXI
2186@table @option
2187ETEXI
2188
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002189DEF("netdev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_netdev,
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002190#ifdef CONFIG_SLIRP
Samuel Thibault0b11c032016-03-20 12:29:54 +01002191 "-netdev user,id=str[,ipv4[=on|off]][,net=addr[/mask]][,host=addr]\n"
2192 " [,ipv6[=on|off]][,ipv6-net=addr[/int]][,ipv6-host=addr]\n"
2193 " [,restrict=on|off][,hostname=host][,dhcpstart=addr]\n"
Benjamin Drungf18d1372018-02-27 17:06:01 +01002194 " [,dns=addr][,ipv6-dns=addr][,dnssearch=domain][,domainname=domain]\n"
Fam Zheng0fca92b2018-09-14 15:26:16 +08002195 " [,tftp=dir][,tftp-server-name=name][,bootfile=f][,hostfwd=rule][,guestfwd=rule]"
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002196#ifndef _WIN32
Jan Kiszkac92ef6a2009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002197 "[,smb=dir[,smbserver=addr]]\n"
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002198#endif
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002199 " configure a user mode network backend with ID 'str',\n"
2200 " its DHCP server and optional services\n"
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002201#endif
2202#ifdef _WIN32
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002203 "-netdev tap,id=str,ifname=name\n"
2204 " configure a host TAP network backend with ID 'str'\n"
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002205#else
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002206 "-netdev tap,id=str[,fd=h][,fds=x:y:...:z][,ifname=name][,script=file][,downscript=dfile]\n"
Alexey Kardashevskiy584613e2016-09-13 17:11:54 +10002207 " [,br=bridge][,helper=helper][,sndbuf=nbytes][,vnet_hdr=on|off][,vhost=on|off]\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002208 " [,vhostfd=h][,vhostfds=x:y:...:z][,vhostforce=on|off][,queues=n]\n"
Jason Wang69e87b32016-07-06 09:57:55 +08002209 " [,poll-us=n]\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002210 " configure a host TAP network backend with ID 'str'\n"
Alexey Kardashevskiy584613e2016-09-13 17:11:54 +10002211 " connected to a bridge (default=" DEFAULT_BRIDGE_INTERFACE ")\n"
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002212 " use network scripts 'file' (default=" DEFAULT_NETWORK_SCRIPT ")\n"
2213 " to configure it and 'dfile' (default=" DEFAULT_NETWORK_DOWN_SCRIPT ")\n"
2214 " to deconfigure it\n"
Bruce Rogersca1a8a02010-01-06 12:33:57 -07002215 " use '[down]script=no' to disable script execution\n"
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002216 " use network helper 'helper' (default=" DEFAULT_BRIDGE_HELPER ") to\n"
2217 " configure it\n"
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002218 " use 'fd=h' to connect to an already opened TAP interface\n"
Jason Wang2ca81ba2013-02-20 18:04:01 +08002219 " use 'fds=x:y:...:z' to connect to already opened multiqueue capable TAP interfaces\n"
Bruce Rogersca1a8a02010-01-06 12:33:57 -07002220 " use 'sndbuf=nbytes' to limit the size of the send buffer (the\n"
Michael S. Tsirkinf157ed22011-02-01 14:25:40 +02002221 " default is disabled 'sndbuf=0' to enable flow control set 'sndbuf=1048576')\n"
Bruce Rogersca1a8a02010-01-06 12:33:57 -07002222 " use vnet_hdr=off to avoid enabling the IFF_VNET_HDR tap flag\n"
2223 " use vnet_hdr=on to make the lack of IFF_VNET_HDR support an error condition\n"
Michael S. Tsirkin82b0d802010-03-17 13:08:24 +02002224 " use vhost=on to enable experimental in kernel accelerator\n"
mst@redhat.com5430a282011-02-01 22:13:42 +02002225 " (only has effect for virtio guests which use MSIX)\n"
2226 " use vhostforce=on to force vhost on for non-MSIX virtio guests\n"
Michael S. Tsirkin82b0d802010-03-17 13:08:24 +02002227 " use 'vhostfd=h' to connect to an already opened vhost net device\n"
Jason Wang2ca81ba2013-02-20 18:04:01 +08002228 " use 'vhostfds=x:y:...:z to connect to multiple already opened vhost net devices\n"
Jason Wangec396012013-02-22 22:57:52 +08002229 " use 'queues=n' to specify the number of queues to be created for multiqueue TAP\n"
Jason Wang69e87b32016-07-06 09:57:55 +08002230 " use 'poll-us=n' to speciy the maximum number of microseconds that could be\n"
2231 " spent on busy polling for vhost net\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002232 "-netdev bridge,id=str[,br=bridge][,helper=helper]\n"
2233 " configure a host TAP network backend with ID 'str' that is\n"
2234 " connected to a bridge (default=" DEFAULT_BRIDGE_INTERFACE ")\n"
2235 " using the program 'helper (default=" DEFAULT_BRIDGE_HELPER ")\n"
Mark McLoughlin0df0ff62009-06-18 18:21:34 +01002236#endif
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002237#ifdef __linux__
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002238 "-netdev l2tpv3,id=str,src=srcaddr,dst=dstaddr[,srcport=srcport][,dstport=dstport]\n"
2239 " [,rxsession=rxsession],txsession=txsession[,ipv6=on/off][,udp=on/off]\n"
2240 " [,cookie64=on/off][,counter][,pincounter][,txcookie=txcookie]\n"
2241 " [,rxcookie=rxcookie][,offset=offset]\n"
2242 " configure a network backend with ID 'str' connected to\n"
2243 " an Ethernet over L2TPv3 pseudowire.\n"
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002244 " Linux kernel 3.3+ as well as most routers can talk\n"
Michael Tokarev2f47b402014-07-24 20:10:17 +04002245 " L2TPv3. This transport allows connecting a VM to a VM,\n"
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002246 " VM to a router and even VM to Host. It is a nearly-universal\n"
2247 " standard (RFC3391). Note - this implementation uses static\n"
2248 " pre-configured tunnels (same as the Linux kernel).\n"
2249 " use 'src=' to specify source address\n"
2250 " use 'dst=' to specify destination address\n"
2251 " use 'udp=on' to specify udp encapsulation\n"
Gonglei39526512014-08-14 14:35:48 +08002252 " use 'srcport=' to specify source udp port\n"
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002253 " use 'dstport=' to specify destination udp port\n"
2254 " use 'ipv6=on' to force v6\n"
2255 " L2TPv3 uses cookies to prevent misconfiguration as\n"
2256 " well as a weak security measure\n"
2257 " use 'rxcookie=0x012345678' to specify a rxcookie\n"
2258 " use 'txcookie=0x012345678' to specify a txcookie\n"
2259 " use 'cookie64=on' to set cookie size to 64 bit, otherwise 32\n"
2260 " use 'counter=off' to force a 'cut-down' L2TPv3 with no counter\n"
2261 " use 'pincounter=on' to work around broken counter handling in peer\n"
2262 " use 'offset=X' to add an extra offset between header and data\n"
2263#endif
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002264 "-netdev socket,id=str[,fd=h][,listen=[host]:port][,connect=host:port]\n"
2265 " configure a network backend to connect to another network\n"
2266 " using a socket connection\n"
2267 "-netdev socket,id=str[,fd=h][,mcast=maddr:port[,localaddr=addr]]\n"
2268 " configure a network backend to connect to a multicast maddr and port\n"
Mike Ryan3a75e742010-12-01 11:16:47 -08002269 " use 'localaddr=addr' to specify the host address to send packets from\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002270 "-netdev socket,id=str[,fd=h][,udp=host:port][,localaddr=host:port]\n"
2271 " configure a network backend to connect to another network\n"
2272 " using an UDP tunnel\n"
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002273#ifdef CONFIG_VDE
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002274 "-netdev vde,id=str[,sock=socketpath][,port=n][,group=groupname][,mode=octalmode]\n"
2275 " configure a network backend to connect to port 'n' of a vde switch\n"
2276 " running on host and listening for incoming connections on 'socketpath'.\n"
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002277 " Use group 'groupname' and mode 'octalmode' to change default\n"
2278 " ownership and permissions for communication port.\n"
2279#endif
Vincenzo Maffione58952132013-11-06 11:44:06 +01002280#ifdef CONFIG_NETMAP
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002281 "-netdev netmap,id=str,ifname=name[,devname=nmname]\n"
Vincenzo Maffione58952132013-11-06 11:44:06 +01002282 " attach to the existing netmap-enabled network interface 'name', or to a\n"
2283 " VALE port (created on the fly) called 'name' ('nmname' is name of the \n"
2284 " netmap device, defaults to '/dev/netmap')\n"
2285#endif
Thomas Huth253dc142018-02-21 11:18:32 +01002286#ifdef CONFIG_POSIX
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002287 "-netdev vhost-user,id=str,chardev=dev[,vhostforce=on|off]\n"
2288 " configure a vhost-user network, backed by a chardev 'dev'\n"
Thomas Huth253dc142018-02-21 11:18:32 +01002289#endif
Thomas Huth18d65d22018-01-15 20:50:55 +01002290 "-netdev hubport,id=str,hubid=n[,netdev=nd]\n"
Thomas Huthaf1a5c32018-04-30 20:02:23 +02002291 " configure a hub port on the hub with ID 'n'\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Thomas Huth78cd6f72018-02-21 11:18:36 +01002292DEF("nic", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_nic,
BALATON Zoltandfaa7d52018-07-16 21:12:08 +02002293 "-nic [tap|bridge|"
Thomas Huth78cd6f72018-02-21 11:18:36 +01002294#ifdef CONFIG_SLIRP
2295 "user|"
2296#endif
2297#ifdef __linux__
2298 "l2tpv3|"
2299#endif
2300#ifdef CONFIG_VDE
2301 "vde|"
2302#endif
2303#ifdef CONFIG_NETMAP
2304 "netmap|"
2305#endif
2306#ifdef CONFIG_POSIX
2307 "vhost-user|"
2308#endif
2309 "socket][,option][,...][mac=macaddr]\n"
2310 " initialize an on-board / default host NIC (using MAC address\n"
2311 " macaddr) and connect it to the given host network backend\n"
BALATON Zoltandfaa7d52018-07-16 21:12:08 +02002312 "-nic none use it alone to have zero network devices (the default is to\n"
Thomas Huth78cd6f72018-02-21 11:18:36 +01002313 " provided a 'user' network connection)\n",
2314 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002315DEF("net", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_net,
Thomas Huthaf1a5c32018-04-30 20:02:23 +02002316 "-net nic[,macaddr=mac][,model=type][,name=str][,addr=str][,vectors=v]\n"
Thomas Huth0e60a822017-12-19 16:28:55 +01002317 " configure or create an on-board (or machine default) NIC and\n"
Thomas Huthaf1a5c32018-04-30 20:02:23 +02002318 " connect it to hub 0 (please use -nic unless you need a hub)\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002319 "-net ["
Mark McLoughlina1ea4582009-10-08 19:58:26 +01002320#ifdef CONFIG_SLIRP
2321 "user|"
2322#endif
2323 "tap|"
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002324 "bridge|"
Mark McLoughlina1ea4582009-10-08 19:58:26 +01002325#ifdef CONFIG_VDE
2326 "vde|"
2327#endif
Vincenzo Maffione58952132013-11-06 11:44:06 +01002328#ifdef CONFIG_NETMAP
2329 "netmap|"
2330#endif
Thomas Huthaf1a5c32018-04-30 20:02:23 +02002331 "socket][,option][,option][,...]\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002332 " old way to initialize a host network interface\n"
2333 " (use the -netdev option if possible instead)\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002334STEXI
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002335@item -nic [tap|bridge|user|l2tpv3|vde|netmap|vhost-user|socket][,...][,mac=macaddr][,model=mn]
2336@findex -nic
2337This option is a shortcut for configuring both the on-board (default) guest
2338NIC hardware and the host network backend in one go. The host backend options
2339are the same as with the corresponding @option{-netdev} options below.
2340The guest NIC model can be set with @option{model=@var{modelname}}.
2341Use @option{model=help} to list the available device types.
2342The hardware MAC address can be set with @option{mac=@var{macaddr}}.
2343
2344The following two example do exactly the same, to show how @option{-nic} can
2345be used to shorten the command line length (note that the e1000 is the default
2346on i386, so the @option{model=e1000} parameter could even be omitted here, too):
2347@example
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02002348@value{qemu_system} -netdev user,id=n1,ipv6=off -device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:98:76:54:32
2349@value{qemu_system} -nic user,ipv6=off,model=e1000,mac=52:54:98:76:54:32
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002350@end example
2351
2352@item -nic none
2353Indicate that no network devices should be configured. It is used to override
2354the default configuration (default NIC with ``user'' host network backend)
2355which is activated if no other networking options are provided.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002356
Stefan Hajnoczi08d12022012-08-14 14:14:27 +01002357@item -netdev user,id=@var{id}[,@var{option}][,@var{option}][,...]
Markus Armbrusterb8f490e2013-02-13 19:49:38 +01002358@findex -netdev
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002359Configure user mode host network backend which requires no administrator
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002360privilege to run. Valid options are:
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002361
Kevin Wolfb3f046c2009-10-09 10:58:35 +02002362@table @option
Stefan Hajnoczi08d12022012-08-14 14:14:27 +01002363@item id=@var{id}
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002364Assign symbolic name for use in monitor commands.
2365
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002366@item ipv4=on|off and ipv6=on|off
2367Specify that either IPv4 or IPv6 must be enabled. If neither is specified
2368both protocols are enabled.
Samuel Thibault0b11c032016-03-20 12:29:54 +01002369
Jan Kiszkac92ef6a2009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002370@item net=@var{addr}[/@var{mask}]
2371Set IP network address the guest will see. Optionally specify the netmask,
2372either in the form a.b.c.d or as number of valid top-most bits. Default is
Brad Hardsb0b36e52011-04-24 17:19:56 +1000237310.0.2.0/24.
Jan Kiszkac92ef6a2009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002374
2375@item host=@var{addr}
2376Specify the guest-visible address of the host. Default is the 2nd IP in the
2377guest network, i.e. x.x.x.2.
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002378
Samuel Thibaultd8eb3862016-03-25 00:02:58 +01002379@item ipv6-net=@var{addr}[/@var{int}]
2380Set IPv6 network address the guest will see (default is fec0::/64). The
2381network prefix is given in the usual hexadecimal IPv6 address
2382notation. The prefix size is optional, and is given as the number of
2383valid top-most bits (default is 64).
Yann Bordenave7aac5312016-03-15 10:31:22 +01002384
Samuel Thibaultd8eb3862016-03-25 00:02:58 +01002385@item ipv6-host=@var{addr}
Yann Bordenave7aac5312016-03-15 10:31:22 +01002386Specify the guest-visible IPv6 address of the host. Default is the 2nd IPv6 in
2387the guest network, i.e. xxxx::2.
2388
Jan Kiszkac54ed5b2011-07-20 12:20:14 +02002389@item restrict=on|off
Brad Hardscaef55e2011-06-09 07:50:43 +10002390If this option is enabled, the guest will be isolated, i.e. it will not be
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002391able to contact the host and no guest IP packets will be routed over the host
Brad Hardscaef55e2011-06-09 07:50:43 +10002392to the outside. This option does not affect any explicitly set forwarding rules.
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002393
2394@item hostname=@var{name}
Klaus Stengel63d29602012-10-27 19:53:39 +02002395Specifies the client hostname reported by the built-in DHCP server.
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002396
Jan Kiszkac92ef6a2009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002397@item dhcpstart=@var{addr}
2398Specify the first of the 16 IPs the built-in DHCP server can assign. Default
Brad Hardsb0b36e52011-04-24 17:19:56 +10002399is the 15th to 31st IP in the guest network, i.e. x.x.x.15 to x.x.x.31.
Jan Kiszkac92ef6a2009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002400
2401@item dns=@var{addr}
2402Specify the guest-visible address of the virtual nameserver. The address must
2403be different from the host address. Default is the 3rd IP in the guest network,
2404i.e. x.x.x.3.
2405
Samuel Thibaultd8eb3862016-03-25 00:02:58 +01002406@item ipv6-dns=@var{addr}
Yann Bordenave7aac5312016-03-15 10:31:22 +01002407Specify the guest-visible address of the IPv6 virtual nameserver. The address
2408must be different from the host address. Default is the 3rd IP in the guest
2409network, i.e. xxxx::3.
2410
Klaus Stengel63d29602012-10-27 19:53:39 +02002411@item dnssearch=@var{domain}
2412Provides an entry for the domain-search list sent by the built-in
2413DHCP server. More than one domain suffix can be transmitted by specifying
2414this option multiple times. If supported, this will cause the guest to
2415automatically try to append the given domain suffix(es) in case a domain name
2416can not be resolved.
2417
2418Example:
2419@example
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02002420@value{qemu_system} -nic user,dnssearch=mgmt.example.org,dnssearch=example.org
Klaus Stengel63d29602012-10-27 19:53:39 +02002421@end example
2422
Benjamin Drungf18d1372018-02-27 17:06:01 +01002423@item domainname=@var{domain}
2424Specifies the client domain name reported by the built-in DHCP server.
2425
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002426@item tftp=@var{dir}
2427When using the user mode network stack, activate a built-in TFTP
2428server. The files in @var{dir} will be exposed as the root of a TFTP server.
2429The TFTP client on the guest must be configured in binary mode (use the command
Jan Kiszkac92ef6a2009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002430@code{bin} of the Unix TFTP client).
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002431
Fam Zheng0fca92b2018-09-14 15:26:16 +08002432@item tftp-server-name=@var{name}
2433In BOOTP reply, broadcast @var{name} as the "TFTP server name" (RFC2132 option
243466). This can be used to advise the guest to load boot files or configurations
2435from a different server than the host address.
2436
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002437@item bootfile=@var{file}
2438When using the user mode network stack, broadcast @var{file} as the BOOTP
2439filename. In conjunction with @option{tftp}, this can be used to network boot
2440a guest from a local directory.
2441
2442Example (using pxelinux):
2443@example
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02002444@value{qemu_system} -hda linux.img -boot n -device e1000,netdev=n1 \
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002445 -netdev user,id=n1,tftp=/path/to/tftp/files,bootfile=/pxelinux.0
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002446@end example
2447
Jan Kiszkac92ef6a2009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002448@item smb=@var{dir}[,smbserver=@var{addr}]
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002449When using the user mode network stack, activate a built-in SMB
2450server so that Windows OSes can access to the host files in @file{@var{dir}}
Jan Kiszkac92ef6a2009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002451transparently. The IP address of the SMB server can be set to @var{addr}. By
2452default the 4th IP in the guest network is used, i.e. x.x.x.4.
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002453
2454In the guest Windows OS, the line:
2455@example
245610.0.2.4 smbserver
2457@end example
2458must be added in the file @file{C:\WINDOWS\LMHOSTS} (for windows 9x/Me)
2459or @file{C:\WINNT\SYSTEM32\DRIVERS\ETC\LMHOSTS} (Windows NT/2000).
2460
2461Then @file{@var{dir}} can be accessed in @file{\\smbserver\qemu}.
2462
Brade2d88302011-09-02 16:53:28 -04002463Note that a SAMBA server must be installed on the host OS.
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002464
Jan Kiszka3c6a0582009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002465@item hostfwd=[tcp|udp]:[@var{hostaddr}]:@var{hostport}-[@var{guestaddr}]:@var{guestport}
Jan Kiszkac92ef6a2009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002466Redirect incoming TCP or UDP connections to the host port @var{hostport} to
2467the guest IP address @var{guestaddr} on guest port @var{guestport}. If
2468@var{guestaddr} is not specified, its value is x.x.x.15 (default first address
Jan Kiszka3c6a0582009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002469given by the built-in DHCP server). By specifying @var{hostaddr}, the rule can
2470be bound to a specific host interface. If no connection type is set, TCP is
Jan Kiszkac92ef6a2009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002471used. This option can be given multiple times.
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002472
2473For example, to redirect host X11 connection from screen 1 to guest
2474screen 0, use the following:
2475
2476@example
2477# on the host
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02002478@value{qemu_system} -nic user,hostfwd=tcp:127.0.0.1:6001-:6000
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002479# this host xterm should open in the guest X11 server
2480xterm -display :1
2481@end example
2482
2483To redirect telnet connections from host port 5555 to telnet port on
2484the guest, use the following:
2485
2486@example
2487# on the host
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02002488@value{qemu_system} -nic user,hostfwd=tcp::5555-:23
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002489telnet localhost 5555
2490@end example
2491
2492Then when you use on the host @code{telnet localhost 5555}, you
2493connect to the guest telnet server.
2494
Jan Kiszkac92ef6a2009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002495@item guestfwd=[tcp]:@var{server}:@var{port}-@var{dev}
Markus Armbrusterf9cfd652015-06-15 14:35:59 +02002496@itemx guestfwd=[tcp]:@var{server}:@var{port}-@var{cmd:command}
Jan Kiszka3c6a0582009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002497Forward guest TCP connections to the IP address @var{server} on port @var{port}
Alexander Grafb412eb62012-06-03 09:45:01 +02002498to the character device @var{dev} or to a program executed by @var{cmd:command}
2499which gets spawned for each connection. This option can be given multiple times.
2500
Stefan Weil43ffe612012-07-20 23:26:02 +02002501You can either use a chardev directly and have that one used throughout QEMU's
Alexander Grafb412eb62012-06-03 09:45:01 +02002502lifetime, like in the following example:
2503
2504@example
2505# open 10.10.1.1:4321 on bootup, connect 10.0.2.100:1234 to it whenever
2506# the guest accesses it
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02002507@value{qemu_system} -nic user,guestfwd=tcp:10.0.2.100:1234-tcp:10.10.1.1:4321
Alexander Grafb412eb62012-06-03 09:45:01 +02002508@end example
2509
2510Or you can execute a command on every TCP connection established by the guest,
Stefan Weil43ffe612012-07-20 23:26:02 +02002511so that QEMU behaves similar to an inetd process for that virtual server:
Alexander Grafb412eb62012-06-03 09:45:01 +02002512
2513@example
2514# call "netcat 10.10.1.1 4321" on every TCP connection to 10.0.2.100:1234
2515# and connect the TCP stream to its stdin/stdout
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02002516@value{qemu_system} -nic 'user,id=n1,guestfwd=tcp:10.0.2.100:1234-cmd:netcat 10.10.1.1 4321'
Alexander Grafb412eb62012-06-03 09:45:01 +02002517@end example
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002518
2519@end table
2520
Alexey Kardashevskiy584613e2016-09-13 17:11:54 +10002521@item -netdev tap,id=@var{id}[,fd=@var{h}][,ifname=@var{name}][,script=@var{file}][,downscript=@var{dfile}][,br=@var{bridge}][,helper=@var{helper}]
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002522Configure a host TAP network backend with ID @var{id}.
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002523
2524Use the network script @var{file} to configure it and the network script
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002525@var{dfile} to deconfigure it. If @var{name} is not provided, the OS
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002526automatically provides one. The default network configure script is
2527@file{/etc/qemu-ifup} and the default network deconfigure script is
2528@file{/etc/qemu-ifdown}. Use @option{script=no} or @option{downscript=no}
2529to disable script execution.
2530
2531If running QEMU as an unprivileged user, use the network helper
Alexey Kardashevskiy584613e2016-09-13 17:11:54 +10002532@var{helper} to configure the TAP interface and attach it to the bridge.
2533The default network helper executable is @file{/path/to/qemu-bridge-helper}
2534and the default bridge device is @file{br0}.
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002535
2536@option{fd}=@var{h} can be used to specify the handle of an already
2537opened host TAP interface.
2538
2539Examples:
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002540
2541@example
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002542#launch a QEMU instance with the default network script
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02002543@value{qemu_system} linux.img -nic tap
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002544@end example
2545
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002546@example
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002547#launch a QEMU instance with two NICs, each one connected
2548#to a TAP device
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02002549@value{qemu_system} linux.img \
Thomas Huth74f78b92018-01-15 08:40:17 +01002550 -netdev tap,id=nd0,ifname=tap0 -device e1000,netdev=nd0 \
2551 -netdev tap,id=nd1,ifname=tap1 -device rtl8139,netdev=nd1
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002552@end example
2553
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002554@example
2555#launch a QEMU instance with the default network helper to
2556#connect a TAP device to bridge br0
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02002557@value{qemu_system} linux.img -device virtio-net-pci,netdev=n1 \
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002558 -netdev tap,id=n1,"helper=/path/to/qemu-bridge-helper"
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002559@end example
2560
Stefan Hajnoczi08d12022012-08-14 14:14:27 +01002561@item -netdev bridge,id=@var{id}[,br=@var{bridge}][,helper=@var{helper}]
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002562Connect a host TAP network interface to a host bridge device.
2563
2564Use the network helper @var{helper} to configure the TAP interface and
2565attach it to the bridge. The default network helper executable is
Amos Kong420508f2013-10-23 04:49:28 +08002566@file{/path/to/qemu-bridge-helper} and the default bridge
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002567device is @file{br0}.
2568
2569Examples:
2570
2571@example
2572#launch a QEMU instance with the default network helper to
2573#connect a TAP device to bridge br0
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02002574@value{qemu_system} linux.img -netdev bridge,id=n1 -device virtio-net,netdev=n1
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002575@end example
2576
2577@example
2578#launch a QEMU instance with the default network helper to
2579#connect a TAP device to bridge qemubr0
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02002580@value{qemu_system} linux.img -netdev bridge,br=qemubr0,id=n1 -device virtio-net,netdev=n1
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002581@end example
2582
Stefan Hajnoczi08d12022012-08-14 14:14:27 +01002583@item -netdev socket,id=@var{id}[,fd=@var{h}][,listen=[@var{host}]:@var{port}][,connect=@var{host}:@var{port}]
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002584
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002585This host network backend can be used to connect the guest's network to
2586another QEMU virtual machine using a TCP socket connection. If @option{listen}
2587is specified, QEMU waits for incoming connections on @var{port}
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002588(@var{host} is optional). @option{connect} is used to connect to
2589another QEMU instance using the @option{listen} option. @option{fd}=@var{h}
2590specifies an already opened TCP socket.
2591
2592Example:
2593@example
2594# launch a first QEMU instance
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02002595@value{qemu_system} linux.img \
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002596 -device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:00:12:34:56 \
2597 -netdev socket,id=n1,listen=:1234
2598# connect the network of this instance to the network of the first instance
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02002599@value{qemu_system} linux.img \
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002600 -device e1000,netdev=n2,mac=52:54:00:12:34:57 \
2601 -netdev socket,id=n2,connect=127.0.0.1:1234
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002602@end example
2603
Stefan Hajnoczi08d12022012-08-14 14:14:27 +01002604@item -netdev socket,id=@var{id}[,fd=@var{h}][,mcast=@var{maddr}:@var{port}[,localaddr=@var{addr}]]
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002605
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002606Configure a socket host network backend to share the guest's network traffic
2607with another QEMU virtual machines using a UDP multicast socket, effectively
2608making a bus for every QEMU with same multicast address @var{maddr} and @var{port}.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002609NOTES:
2610@enumerate
2611@item
2612Several QEMU can be running on different hosts and share same bus (assuming
2613correct multicast setup for these hosts).
2614@item
2615mcast support is compatible with User Mode Linux (argument @option{eth@var{N}=mcast}), see
2616@url{http://user-mode-linux.sf.net}.
2617@item
2618Use @option{fd=h} to specify an already opened UDP multicast socket.
2619@end enumerate
2620
2621Example:
2622@example
2623# launch one QEMU instance
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02002624@value{qemu_system} linux.img \
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002625 -device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:00:12:34:56 \
2626 -netdev socket,id=n1,mcast=230.0.0.1:1234
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002627# launch another QEMU instance on same "bus"
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02002628@value{qemu_system} linux.img \
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002629 -device e1000,netdev=n2,mac=52:54:00:12:34:57 \
2630 -netdev socket,id=n2,mcast=230.0.0.1:1234
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002631# launch yet another QEMU instance on same "bus"
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02002632@value{qemu_system} linux.img \
Thomas Huth37a44422018-08-13 13:51:44 +02002633 -device e1000,netdev=n3,mac=52:54:00:12:34:58 \
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002634 -netdev socket,id=n3,mcast=230.0.0.1:1234
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002635@end example
2636
2637Example (User Mode Linux compat.):
2638@example
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002639# launch QEMU instance (note mcast address selected is UML's default)
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02002640@value{qemu_system} linux.img \
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002641 -device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:00:12:34:56 \
2642 -netdev socket,id=n1,mcast=239.192.168.1:1102
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002643# launch UML
2644/path/to/linux ubd0=/path/to/root_fs eth0=mcast
2645@end example
2646
Mike Ryan3a75e742010-12-01 11:16:47 -08002647Example (send packets from host's 1.2.3.4):
2648@example
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02002649@value{qemu_system} linux.img \
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002650 -device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:00:12:34:56 \
2651 -netdev socket,id=n1,mcast=239.192.168.1:1102,localaddr=1.2.3.4
Mike Ryan3a75e742010-12-01 11:16:47 -08002652@end example
2653
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002654@item -netdev l2tpv3,id=@var{id},src=@var{srcaddr},dst=@var{dstaddr}[,srcport=@var{srcport}][,dstport=@var{dstport}],txsession=@var{txsession}[,rxsession=@var{rxsession}][,ipv6][,udp][,cookie64][,counter][,pincounter][,txcookie=@var{txcookie}][,rxcookie=@var{rxcookie}][,offset=@var{offset}]
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002655Configure a L2TPv3 pseudowire host network backend. L2TPv3 (RFC3391) is a
2656popular protocol to transport Ethernet (and other Layer 2) data frames between
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002657two systems. It is present in routers, firewalls and the Linux kernel
2658(from version 3.3 onwards).
2659
2660This transport allows a VM to communicate to another VM, router or firewall directly.
2661
Markus Armbruster1e9a7372017-10-02 16:03:01 +02002662@table @option
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002663@item src=@var{srcaddr}
2664 source address (mandatory)
2665@item dst=@var{dstaddr}
2666 destination address (mandatory)
2667@item udp
2668 select udp encapsulation (default is ip).
2669@item srcport=@var{srcport}
2670 source udp port.
2671@item dstport=@var{dstport}
2672 destination udp port.
2673@item ipv6
2674 force v6, otherwise defaults to v4.
2675@item rxcookie=@var{rxcookie}
Markus Armbrusterf9cfd652015-06-15 14:35:59 +02002676@itemx txcookie=@var{txcookie}
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002677 Cookies are a weak form of security in the l2tpv3 specification.
2678Their function is mostly to prevent misconfiguration. By default they are 32
2679bit.
2680@item cookie64
2681 Set cookie size to 64 bit instead of the default 32
2682@item counter=off
2683 Force a 'cut-down' L2TPv3 with no counter as in
2684draft-mkonstan-l2tpext-keyed-ipv6-tunnel-00
2685@item pincounter=on
2686 Work around broken counter handling in peer. This may also help on
2687networks which have packet reorder.
2688@item offset=@var{offset}
2689 Add an extra offset between header and data
Markus Armbruster1e9a7372017-10-02 16:03:01 +02002690@end table
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002691
2692For example, to attach a VM running on host 4.3.2.1 via L2TPv3 to the bridge br-lan
2693on the remote Linux host 1.2.3.4:
2694@example
2695# Setup tunnel on linux host using raw ip as encapsulation
2696# on 1.2.3.4
2697ip l2tp add tunnel remote 4.3.2.1 local 1.2.3.4 tunnel_id 1 peer_tunnel_id 1 \
2698 encap udp udp_sport 16384 udp_dport 16384
2699ip l2tp add session tunnel_id 1 name vmtunnel0 session_id \
2700 0xFFFFFFFF peer_session_id 0xFFFFFFFF
2701ifconfig vmtunnel0 mtu 1500
2702ifconfig vmtunnel0 up
2703brctl addif br-lan vmtunnel0
2704
2705
2706# on 4.3.2.1
2707# launch QEMU instance - if your network has reorder or is very lossy add ,pincounter
2708
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02002709@value{qemu_system} linux.img -device e1000,netdev=n1 \
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002710 -netdev l2tpv3,id=n1,src=4.2.3.1,dst=1.2.3.4,udp,srcport=16384,dstport=16384,rxsession=0xffffffff,txsession=0xffffffff,counter
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002711
2712@end example
2713
Stefan Hajnoczi08d12022012-08-14 14:14:27 +01002714@item -netdev vde,id=@var{id}[,sock=@var{socketpath}][,port=@var{n}][,group=@var{groupname}][,mode=@var{octalmode}]
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002715Configure VDE backend to connect to PORT @var{n} of a vde switch running on host and
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002716listening for incoming connections on @var{socketpath}. Use GROUP @var{groupname}
2717and MODE @var{octalmode} to change default ownership and permissions for
Stefan Weilc1ba4e02011-09-05 18:13:03 +02002718communication port. This option is only available if QEMU has been compiled
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002719with vde support enabled.
2720
2721Example:
2722@example
2723# launch vde switch
2724vde_switch -F -sock /tmp/myswitch
2725# launch QEMU instance
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02002726@value{qemu_system} linux.img -nic vde,sock=/tmp/myswitch
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002727@end example
2728
Changchun Ouyangb931bfb2015-09-23 12:20:00 +08002729@item -netdev vhost-user,chardev=@var{id}[,vhostforce=on|off][,queues=n]
Nikolay Nikolaev03ce5742014-06-10 13:02:16 +03002730
2731Establish a vhost-user netdev, backed by a chardev @var{id}. The chardev should
2732be a unix domain socket backed one. The vhost-user uses a specifically defined
2733protocol to pass vhost ioctl replacement messages to an application on the other
2734end of the socket. On non-MSIX guests, the feature can be forced with
Changchun Ouyangb931bfb2015-09-23 12:20:00 +08002735@var{vhostforce}. Use 'queues=@var{n}' to specify the number of queues to
2736be created for multiqueue vhost-user.
Nikolay Nikolaev03ce5742014-06-10 13:02:16 +03002737
2738Example:
2739@example
2740qemu -m 512 -object memory-backend-file,id=mem,size=512M,mem-path=/hugetlbfs,share=on \
2741 -numa node,memdev=mem \
Vincenzo Maffione79cad2f2017-02-20 17:45:09 +01002742 -chardev socket,id=chr0,path=/path/to/socket \
Nikolay Nikolaev03ce5742014-06-10 13:02:16 +03002743 -netdev type=vhost-user,id=net0,chardev=chr0 \
2744 -device virtio-net-pci,netdev=net0
2745@end example
2746
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002747@item -netdev hubport,id=@var{id},hubid=@var{hubid}[,netdev=@var{nd}]
Thomas Huth78cd6f72018-02-21 11:18:36 +01002748
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002749Create a hub port on the emulated hub with ID @var{hubid}.
Thomas Huth78cd6f72018-02-21 11:18:36 +01002750
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002751The hubport netdev lets you connect a NIC to a QEMU emulated hub instead of a
Thomas Huthaf1a5c32018-04-30 20:02:23 +02002752single netdev. Alternatively, you can also connect the hubport to another
2753netdev with ID @var{nd} by using the @option{netdev=@var{nd}} option.
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002754
Thomas Huthaf1a5c32018-04-30 20:02:23 +02002755@item -net nic[,netdev=@var{nd}][,macaddr=@var{mac}][,model=@var{type}] [,name=@var{name}][,addr=@var{addr}][,vectors=@var{v}]
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002756@findex -net
2757Legacy option to configure or create an on-board (or machine default) Network
Thomas Huthaf1a5c32018-04-30 20:02:23 +02002758Interface Card(NIC) and connect it either to the emulated hub with ID 0 (i.e.
2759the default hub), or to the netdev @var{nd}.
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002760The NIC is an e1000 by default on the PC target. Optionally, the MAC address
2761can be changed to @var{mac}, the device address set to @var{addr} (PCI cards
2762only), and a @var{name} can be assigned for use in monitor commands.
2763Optionally, for PCI cards, you can specify the number @var{v} of MSI-X vectors
2764that the card should have; this option currently only affects virtio cards; set
2765@var{v} = 0 to disable MSI-X. If no @option{-net} option is specified, a single
2766NIC is created. QEMU can emulate several different models of network card.
2767Use @code{-net nic,model=help} for a list of available devices for your target.
2768
Thomas Huthaf1a5c32018-04-30 20:02:23 +02002769@item -net user|tap|bridge|socket|l2tpv3|vde[,...][,name=@var{name}]
Thomas Huthabbbb032018-03-12 13:20:50 +01002770Configure a host network backend (with the options corresponding to the same
Thomas Huthaf1a5c32018-04-30 20:02:23 +02002771@option{-netdev} option) and connect it to the emulated hub 0 (the default
2772hub). Use @var{name} to specify the name of the hub port.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002773ETEXI
2774
Markus Armbrusterc70a01e2013-02-13 19:49:40 +01002775STEXI
2776@end table
2777ETEXI
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002778DEFHEADING()
2779
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02002780DEFHEADING(Character device options:)
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002781
2782DEF("chardev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_chardev,
Lin Ma517b3d42016-08-17 01:13:52 +08002783 "-chardev help\n"
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00002784 "-chardev null,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Corey Minyard5dd1f022014-10-02 11:17:37 -05002785 "-chardev socket,id=id[,host=host],port=port[,to=to][,ipv4][,ipv6][,nodelay][,reconnect=seconds]\n"
Julia Suvorova981b06e2018-10-19 01:35:00 +03002786 " [,server][,nowait][,telnet][,websocket][,reconnect=seconds][,mux=on|off]\n"
Daniel P. Berrangefd4a5fd2019-03-08 15:21:50 +00002787 " [,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off][,tls-creds=ID][,tls-authz=ID] (tcp)\n"
Julia Suvorova981b06e2018-10-19 01:35:00 +03002788 "-chardev socket,id=id,path=path[,server][,nowait][,telnet][,websocket][,reconnect=seconds]\n"
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00002789 " [,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off] (unix)\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002790 "-chardev udp,id=id[,host=host],port=port[,localaddr=localaddr]\n"
Jan Kiszka97331282010-04-06 16:55:54 +02002791 " [,localport=localport][,ipv4][,ipv6][,mux=on|off]\n"
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00002792 " [,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
2793 "-chardev msmouse,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002794 "-chardev vc,id=id[[,width=width][,height=height]][[,cols=cols][,rows=rows]]\n"
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00002795 " [,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
2796 "-chardev ringbuf,id=id[,size=size][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
2797 "-chardev file,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
2798 "-chardev pipe,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002799#ifdef _WIN32
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00002800 "-chardev console,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
2801 "-chardev serial,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002802#else
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00002803 "-chardev pty,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
2804 "-chardev stdio,id=id[,mux=on|off][,signal=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002805#endif
2806#ifdef CONFIG_BRLAPI
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00002807 "-chardev braille,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002808#endif
2809#if defined(__linux__) || defined(__sun__) || defined(__FreeBSD__) \
2810 || defined(__NetBSD__) || defined(__OpenBSD__) || defined(__DragonFly__)
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00002811 "-chardev serial,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
2812 "-chardev tty,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002813#endif
2814#if defined(__linux__) || defined(__FreeBSD__) || defined(__DragonFly__)
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00002815 "-chardev parallel,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
2816 "-chardev parport,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002817#endif
Alon Levycbcc6332011-01-19 10:49:50 +02002818#if defined(CONFIG_SPICE)
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00002819 "-chardev spicevmc,id=id,name=name[,debug=debug][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
2820 "-chardev spiceport,id=id,name=name[,debug=debug][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Alon Levycbcc6332011-01-19 10:49:50 +02002821#endif
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002822 , QEMU_ARCH_ALL
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002823)
2824
2825STEXI
Markus Armbrusterdddba062017-10-02 16:03:06 +02002826
2827The general form of a character device option is:
2828@table @option
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01002829@item -chardev @var{backend},id=@var{id}[,mux=on|off][,@var{options}]
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01002830@findex -chardev
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002831Backend is one of:
2832@option{null},
2833@option{socket},
2834@option{udp},
2835@option{msmouse},
2836@option{vc},
Markus Armbruster4f573782013-07-26 16:44:32 +02002837@option{ringbuf},
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002838@option{file},
2839@option{pipe},
2840@option{console},
2841@option{serial},
2842@option{pty},
2843@option{stdio},
2844@option{braille},
2845@option{tty},
Gerd Hoffmann88a946d2013-01-10 14:20:58 +01002846@option{parallel},
Alon Levycbcc6332011-01-19 10:49:50 +02002847@option{parport},
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01002848@option{spicevmc},
Marc-André Lureau5a49d3e2012-12-05 16:15:34 +01002849@option{spiceport}.
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002850The specific backend will determine the applicable options.
2851
Markus Armbrusterdddba062017-10-02 16:03:06 +02002852Use @code{-chardev help} to print all available chardev backend types.
Lin Ma517b3d42016-08-17 01:13:52 +08002853
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002854All devices must have an id, which can be any string up to 127 characters long.
2855It is used to uniquely identify this device in other command line directives.
2856
Jan Kiszka97331282010-04-06 16:55:54 +02002857A character device may be used in multiplexing mode by multiple front-ends.
Peter Maydella40db1b2016-02-16 17:28:58 +00002858Specify @option{mux=on} to enable this mode.
2859A multiplexer is a "1:N" device, and here the "1" end is your specified chardev
2860backend, and the "N" end is the various parts of QEMU that can talk to a chardev.
2861If you create a chardev with @option{id=myid} and @option{mux=on}, QEMU will
2862create a multiplexer with your specified ID, and you can then configure multiple
2863front ends to use that chardev ID for their input/output. Up to four different
2864front ends can be connected to a single multiplexed chardev. (Without
2865multiplexing enabled, a chardev can only be used by a single front end.)
2866For instance you could use this to allow a single stdio chardev to be used by
2867two serial ports and the QEMU monitor:
2868
2869@example
2870-chardev stdio,mux=on,id=char0 \
Marc-André Lureaubdbcb542016-10-11 21:41:21 +04002871-mon chardev=char0,mode=readline \
Peter Maydella40db1b2016-02-16 17:28:58 +00002872-serial chardev:char0 \
2873-serial chardev:char0
2874@end example
2875
2876You can have more than one multiplexer in a system configuration; for instance
2877you could have a TCP port multiplexed between UART 0 and UART 1, and stdio
2878multiplexed between the QEMU monitor and a parallel port:
2879
2880@example
2881-chardev stdio,mux=on,id=char0 \
Marc-André Lureaubdbcb542016-10-11 21:41:21 +04002882-mon chardev=char0,mode=readline \
Peter Maydella40db1b2016-02-16 17:28:58 +00002883-parallel chardev:char0 \
2884-chardev tcp,...,mux=on,id=char1 \
2885-serial chardev:char1 \
2886-serial chardev:char1
2887@end example
2888
2889When you're using a multiplexed character device, some escape sequences are
2890interpreted in the input. @xref{mux_keys, Keys in the character backend
2891multiplexer}.
2892
2893Note that some other command line options may implicitly create multiplexed
2894character backends; for instance @option{-serial mon:stdio} creates a
2895multiplexed stdio backend connected to the serial port and the QEMU monitor,
2896and @option{-nographic} also multiplexes the console and the monitor to
2897stdio.
2898
2899There is currently no support for multiplexing in the other direction
2900(where a single QEMU front end takes input and output from multiple chardevs).
Jan Kiszka97331282010-04-06 16:55:54 +02002901
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00002902Every backend supports the @option{logfile} option, which supplies the path
2903to a file to record all data transmitted via the backend. The @option{logappend}
2904option controls whether the log file will be truncated or appended to when
2905opened.
2906
Markus Armbrusterdddba062017-10-02 16:03:06 +02002907@end table
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002908
Markus Armbrusterdddba062017-10-02 16:03:06 +02002909The available backends are:
2910
2911@table @option
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01002912@item -chardev null,id=@var{id}
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002913A void device. This device will not emit any data, and will drop any data it
2914receives. The null backend does not take any options.
2915
Daniel P. Berrangefd4a5fd2019-03-08 15:21:50 +00002916@item -chardev socket,id=@var{id}[,@var{TCP options} or @var{unix options}][,server][,nowait][,telnet][,websocket][,reconnect=@var{seconds}][,tls-creds=@var{id}][,tls-authz=@var{id}]
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002917
2918Create a two-way stream socket, which can be either a TCP or a unix socket. A
2919unix socket will be created if @option{path} is specified. Behaviour is
2920undefined if TCP options are specified for a unix socket.
2921
2922@option{server} specifies that the socket shall be a listening socket.
2923
2924@option{nowait} specifies that QEMU should not block waiting for a client to
2925connect to a listening socket.
2926
2927@option{telnet} specifies that traffic on the socket should interpret telnet
2928escape sequences.
2929
Julia Suvorova981b06e2018-10-19 01:35:00 +03002930@option{websocket} specifies that the socket uses WebSocket protocol for
2931communication.
2932
Corey Minyard5dd1f022014-10-02 11:17:37 -05002933@option{reconnect} sets the timeout for reconnecting on non-server sockets when
2934the remote end goes away. qemu will delay this many seconds and then attempt
2935to reconnect. Zero disables reconnecting, and is the default.
2936
Daniel P. Berrangea8fb5422016-01-19 11:14:31 +00002937@option{tls-creds} requests enablement of the TLS protocol for encryption,
2938and specifies the id of the TLS credentials to use for the handshake. The
2939credentials must be previously created with the @option{-object tls-creds}
2940argument.
2941
Daniel P. Berrangefd4a5fd2019-03-08 15:21:50 +00002942@option{tls-auth} provides the ID of the QAuthZ authorization object against
2943which the client's x509 distinguished name will be validated. This object is
2944only resolved at time of use, so can be deleted and recreated on the fly
2945while the chardev server is active. If missing, it will default to denying
2946access.
2947
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002948TCP and unix socket options are given below:
2949
2950@table @option
2951
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01002952@item TCP options: port=@var{port}[,host=@var{host}][,to=@var{to}][,ipv4][,ipv6][,nodelay]
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002953
2954@option{host} for a listening socket specifies the local address to be bound.
2955For a connecting socket species the remote host to connect to. @option{host} is
2956optional for listening sockets. If not specified it defaults to @code{0.0.0.0}.
2957
2958@option{port} for a listening socket specifies the local port to be bound. For a
2959connecting socket specifies the port on the remote host to connect to.
2960@option{port} can be given as either a port number or a service name.
2961@option{port} is required.
2962
2963@option{to} is only relevant to listening sockets. If it is specified, and
2964@option{port} cannot be bound, QEMU will attempt to bind to subsequent ports up
2965to and including @option{to} until it succeeds. @option{to} must be specified
2966as a port number.
2967
2968@option{ipv4} and @option{ipv6} specify that either IPv4 or IPv6 must be used.
2969If neither is specified the socket may use either protocol.
2970
2971@option{nodelay} disables the Nagle algorithm.
2972
2973@item unix options: path=@var{path}
2974
2975@option{path} specifies the local path of the unix socket. @option{path} is
2976required.
2977
2978@end table
2979
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01002980@item -chardev udp,id=@var{id}[,host=@var{host}],port=@var{port}[,localaddr=@var{localaddr}][,localport=@var{localport}][,ipv4][,ipv6]
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00002981
2982Sends all traffic from the guest to a remote host over UDP.
2983
2984@option{host} specifies the remote host to connect to. If not specified it
2985defaults to @code{localhost}.
2986
2987@option{port} specifies the port on the remote host to connect to. @option{port}
2988is required.
2989
2990@option{localaddr} specifies the local address to bind to. If not specified it
2991defaults to @code{0.0.0.0}.
2992
2993@option{localport} specifies the local port to bind to. If not specified any
2994available local port will be used.
2995
2996@option{ipv4} and @option{ipv6} specify that either IPv4 or IPv6 must be used.
2997If neither is specified the device may use either protocol.
2998
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01002999@item -chardev msmouse,id=@var{id}
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003000
3001Forward QEMU's emulated msmouse events to the guest. @option{msmouse} does not
3002take any options.
3003
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01003004@item -chardev vc,id=@var{id}[[,width=@var{width}][,height=@var{height}]][[,cols=@var{cols}][,rows=@var{rows}]]
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003005
3006Connect to a QEMU text console. @option{vc} may optionally be given a specific
3007size.
3008
3009@option{width} and @option{height} specify the width and height respectively of
3010the console, in pixels.
3011
3012@option{cols} and @option{rows} specify that the console be sized to fit a text
3013console with the given dimensions.
3014
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01003015@item -chardev ringbuf,id=@var{id}[,size=@var{size}]
Lei Li51767e72013-01-25 00:03:19 +08003016
Markus Armbruster3949e592013-02-06 21:27:24 +01003017Create a ring buffer with fixed size @option{size}.
Stefan Hajnoczie69f7d22016-09-19 11:56:26 +01003018@var{size} must be a power of two and defaults to @code{64K}.
Lei Li51767e72013-01-25 00:03:19 +08003019
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01003020@item -chardev file,id=@var{id},path=@var{path}
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003021
3022Log all traffic received from the guest to a file.
3023
3024@option{path} specifies the path of the file to be opened. This file will be
3025created if it does not already exist, and overwritten if it does. @option{path}
3026is required.
3027
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01003028@item -chardev pipe,id=@var{id},path=@var{path}
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003029
3030Create a two-way connection to the guest. The behaviour differs slightly between
3031Windows hosts and other hosts:
3032
3033On Windows, a single duplex pipe will be created at
3034@file{\\.pipe\@option{path}}.
3035
3036On other hosts, 2 pipes will be created called @file{@option{path}.in} and
3037@file{@option{path}.out}. Data written to @file{@option{path}.in} will be
3038received by the guest. Data written by the guest can be read from
3039@file{@option{path}.out}. QEMU will not create these fifos, and requires them to
3040be present.
3041
3042@option{path} forms part of the pipe path as described above. @option{path} is
3043required.
3044
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01003045@item -chardev console,id=@var{id}
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003046
3047Send traffic from the guest to QEMU's standard output. @option{console} does not
3048take any options.
3049
3050@option{console} is only available on Windows hosts.
3051
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01003052@item -chardev serial,id=@var{id},path=@option{path}
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003053
3054Send traffic from the guest to a serial device on the host.
3055
Gerd Hoffmannd59044e2012-12-19 13:50:29 +01003056On Unix hosts serial will actually accept any tty device,
3057not only serial lines.
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003058
3059@option{path} specifies the name of the serial device to open.
3060
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01003061@item -chardev pty,id=@var{id}
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003062
3063Create a new pseudo-terminal on the host and connect to it. @option{pty} does
3064not take any options.
3065
3066@option{pty} is not available on Windows hosts.
3067
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01003068@item -chardev stdio,id=@var{id}[,signal=on|off]
Stefan Weilb65ee4f2012-05-11 22:25:50 +02003069Connect to standard input and standard output of the QEMU process.
Aurelien Jarnob7fdb3a2010-07-13 21:13:12 +02003070
3071@option{signal} controls if signals are enabled on the terminal, that includes
3072exiting QEMU with the key sequence @key{Control-c}. This option is enabled by
3073default, use @option{signal=off} to disable it.
3074
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01003075@item -chardev braille,id=@var{id}
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003076
3077Connect to a local BrlAPI server. @option{braille} does not take any options.
3078
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01003079@item -chardev tty,id=@var{id},path=@var{path}
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003080
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003081@option{tty} is only available on Linux, Sun, FreeBSD, NetBSD, OpenBSD and
Markus Armbrusterd037d6b2013-02-13 15:54:15 +01003082DragonFlyBSD hosts. It is an alias for @option{serial}.
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003083
3084@option{path} specifies the path to the tty. @option{path} is required.
3085
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01003086@item -chardev parallel,id=@var{id},path=@var{path}
3087@itemx -chardev parport,id=@var{id},path=@var{path}
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003088
Gerd Hoffmann88a946d2013-01-10 14:20:58 +01003089@option{parallel} is only available on Linux, FreeBSD and DragonFlyBSD hosts.
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003090
3091Connect to a local parallel port.
3092
3093@option{path} specifies the path to the parallel port device. @option{path} is
3094required.
3095
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01003096@item -chardev spicevmc,id=@var{id},debug=@var{debug},name=@var{name}
Alon Levycbcc6332011-01-19 10:49:50 +02003097
Stefan Hajnoczi3a846902011-10-06 11:24:12 +01003098@option{spicevmc} is only available when spice support is built in.
3099
Alon Levycbcc6332011-01-19 10:49:50 +02003100@option{debug} debug level for spicevmc
3101
3102@option{name} name of spice channel to connect to
3103
3104Connect to a spice virtual machine channel, such as vdiport.
Alon Levycbcc6332011-01-19 10:49:50 +02003105
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01003106@item -chardev spiceport,id=@var{id},debug=@var{debug},name=@var{name}
Marc-André Lureau5a49d3e2012-12-05 16:15:34 +01003107
3108@option{spiceport} is only available when spice support is built in.
3109
3110@option{debug} debug level for spicevmc
3111
3112@option{name} name of spice port to connect to
3113
3114Connect to a spice port, allowing a Spice client to handle the traffic
3115identified by a name (preferably a fqdn).
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003116ETEXI
3117
Markus Armbrusterc70a01e2013-02-13 19:49:40 +01003118STEXI
3119@end table
3120ETEXI
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003121DEFHEADING()
3122
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02003123DEFHEADING(Bluetooth(R) options:)
Markus Armbrusterc70a01e2013-02-13 19:49:40 +01003124STEXI
3125@table @option
3126ETEXI
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003127
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003128DEF("bt", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_bt, \
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003129 "-bt hci,null dumb bluetooth HCI - doesn't respond to commands\n" \
3130 "-bt hci,host[:id]\n" \
3131 " use host's HCI with the given name\n" \
3132 "-bt hci[,vlan=n]\n" \
3133 " emulate a standard HCI in virtual scatternet 'n'\n" \
3134 "-bt vhci[,vlan=n]\n" \
3135 " add host computer to virtual scatternet 'n' using VHCI\n" \
3136 "-bt device:dev[,vlan=n]\n" \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003137 " emulate a bluetooth device 'dev' in scatternet 'n'\n",
3138 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003139STEXI
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003140@item -bt hci[...]
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003141@findex -bt
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003142Defines the function of the corresponding Bluetooth HCI. -bt options
3143are matched with the HCIs present in the chosen machine type. For
3144example when emulating a machine with only one HCI built into it, only
3145the first @code{-bt hci[...]} option is valid and defines the HCI's
3146logic. The Transport Layer is decided by the machine type. Currently
3147the machines @code{n800} and @code{n810} have one HCI and all other
3148machines have none.
3149
Thomas Huthc0188e62018-11-12 11:00:30 +01003150Note: This option and the whole bluetooth subsystem is considered as deprecated.
3151If you still use it, please send a mail to @email{qemu-devel@@nongnu.org} where
3152you describe your usecase.
3153
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003154@anchor{bt-hcis}
3155The following three types are recognized:
3156
Kevin Wolfb3f046c2009-10-09 10:58:35 +02003157@table @option
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003158@item -bt hci,null
3159(default) The corresponding Bluetooth HCI assumes no internal logic
3160and will not respond to any HCI commands or emit events.
3161
3162@item -bt hci,host[:@var{id}]
3163(@code{bluez} only) The corresponding HCI passes commands / events
3164to / from the physical HCI identified by the name @var{id} (default:
3165@code{hci0}) on the computer running QEMU. Only available on @code{bluez}
3166capable systems like Linux.
3167
3168@item -bt hci[,vlan=@var{n}]
3169Add a virtual, standard HCI that will participate in the Bluetooth
3170scatternet @var{n} (default @code{0}). Similarly to @option{-net}
3171VLANs, devices inside a bluetooth network @var{n} can only communicate
3172with other devices in the same network (scatternet).
3173@end table
3174
3175@item -bt vhci[,vlan=@var{n}]
3176(Linux-host only) Create a HCI in scatternet @var{n} (default 0) attached
3177to the host bluetooth stack instead of to the emulated target. This
3178allows the host and target machines to participate in a common scatternet
3179and communicate. Requires the Linux @code{vhci} driver installed. Can
3180be used as following:
3181
3182@example
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02003183@value{qemu_system} [...OPTIONS...] -bt hci,vlan=5 -bt vhci,vlan=5
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003184@end example
3185
3186@item -bt device:@var{dev}[,vlan=@var{n}]
3187Emulate a bluetooth device @var{dev} and place it in network @var{n}
3188(default @code{0}). QEMU can only emulate one type of bluetooth devices
3189currently:
3190
Kevin Wolfb3f046c2009-10-09 10:58:35 +02003191@table @option
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003192@item keyboard
3193Virtual wireless keyboard implementing the HIDP bluetooth profile.
3194@end table
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003195ETEXI
3196
Markus Armbrusterc70a01e2013-02-13 19:49:40 +01003197STEXI
3198@end table
3199ETEXI
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003200DEFHEADING()
3201
Stefan Bergerd1a0cf72013-02-27 12:47:49 -05003202#ifdef CONFIG_TPM
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02003203DEFHEADING(TPM device options:)
Stefan Bergerd1a0cf72013-02-27 12:47:49 -05003204
3205DEF("tpmdev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_tpmdev, \
Stefan Berger92dcc232013-02-27 12:47:54 -05003206 "-tpmdev passthrough,id=id[,path=path][,cancel-path=path]\n"
3207 " use path to provide path to a character device; default is /dev/tpm0\n"
3208 " use cancel-path to provide path to TPM's cancel sysfs entry; if\n"
Amarnath Vallurif4ede812017-09-29 14:10:20 +03003209 " not provided it will be searched for in /sys/class/misc/tpm?/device\n"
3210 "-tpmdev emulator,id=id,chardev=dev\n"
3211 " configure the TPM device using chardev backend\n",
Stefan Bergerd1a0cf72013-02-27 12:47:49 -05003212 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
3213STEXI
3214
3215The general form of a TPM device option is:
3216@table @option
3217
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01003218@item -tpmdev @var{backend},id=@var{id}[,@var{options}]
Stefan Bergerd1a0cf72013-02-27 12:47:49 -05003219@findex -tpmdev
Stefan Bergerd1a0cf72013-02-27 12:47:49 -05003220
3221The specific backend type will determine the applicable options.
Corey Bryant28c4fa32013-03-20 12:34:49 -04003222The @code{-tpmdev} option creates the TPM backend and requires a
3223@code{-device} option that specifies the TPM frontend interface model.
Stefan Bergerd1a0cf72013-02-27 12:47:49 -05003224
Markus Armbruster2252aaf2017-10-02 16:03:05 +02003225Use @code{-tpmdev help} to print all available TPM backend types.
Stefan Bergerd1a0cf72013-02-27 12:47:49 -05003226
Markus Armbruster2252aaf2017-10-02 16:03:05 +02003227@end table
3228
3229The available backends are:
3230
3231@table @option
Stefan Bergerd1a0cf72013-02-27 12:47:49 -05003232
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01003233@item -tpmdev passthrough,id=@var{id},path=@var{path},cancel-path=@var{cancel-path}
Stefan Berger4549a8b2013-02-27 12:47:53 -05003234
3235(Linux-host only) Enable access to the host's TPM using the passthrough
3236driver.
3237
3238@option{path} specifies the path to the host's TPM device, i.e., on
3239a Linux host this would be @code{/dev/tpm0}.
3240@option{path} is optional and by default @code{/dev/tpm0} is used.
3241
Stefan Berger92dcc232013-02-27 12:47:54 -05003242@option{cancel-path} specifies the path to the host TPM device's sysfs
3243entry allowing for cancellation of an ongoing TPM command.
3244@option{cancel-path} is optional and by default QEMU will search for the
3245sysfs entry to use.
3246
Stefan Berger4549a8b2013-02-27 12:47:53 -05003247Some notes about using the host's TPM with the passthrough driver:
3248
3249The TPM device accessed by the passthrough driver must not be
3250used by any other application on the host.
3251
3252Since the host's firmware (BIOS/UEFI) has already initialized the TPM,
3253the VM's firmware (BIOS/UEFI) will not be able to initialize the
3254TPM again and may therefore not show a TPM-specific menu that would
3255otherwise allow the user to configure the TPM, e.g., allow the user to
3256enable/disable or activate/deactivate the TPM.
3257Further, if TPM ownership is released from within a VM then the host's TPM
3258will get disabled and deactivated. To enable and activate the
3259TPM again afterwards, the host has to be rebooted and the user is
3260required to enter the firmware's menu to enable and activate the TPM.
3261If the TPM is left disabled and/or deactivated most TPM commands will fail.
3262
3263To create a passthrough TPM use the following two options:
3264@example
3265-tpmdev passthrough,id=tpm0 -device tpm-tis,tpmdev=tpm0
3266@end example
3267Note that the @code{-tpmdev} id is @code{tpm0} and is referenced by
3268@code{tpmdev=tpm0} in the device option.
3269
Thomas Huth16fdc562018-01-30 10:36:21 +01003270@item -tpmdev emulator,id=@var{id},chardev=@var{dev}
Amarnath Vallurif4ede812017-09-29 14:10:20 +03003271
3272(Linux-host only) Enable access to a TPM emulator using Unix domain socket based
3273chardev backend.
3274
3275@option{chardev} specifies the unique ID of a character device backend that provides connection to the software TPM server.
3276
3277To create a TPM emulator backend device with chardev socket backend:
3278@example
3279
3280-chardev socket,id=chrtpm,path=/tmp/swtpm-sock -tpmdev emulator,id=tpm0,chardev=chrtpm -device tpm-tis,tpmdev=tpm0
3281
3282@end example
3283
Stefan Bergerd1a0cf72013-02-27 12:47:49 -05003284ETEXI
3285
Markus Armbruster2252aaf2017-10-02 16:03:05 +02003286STEXI
3287@end table
3288ETEXI
Stefan Bergerd1a0cf72013-02-27 12:47:49 -05003289DEFHEADING()
3290
3291#endif
3292
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02003293DEFHEADING(Linux/Multiboot boot specific:)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003294STEXI
Alexander Graf7677f052009-06-28 16:55:55 +02003295
3296When using these options, you can use a given Linux or Multiboot
3297kernel without installing it in the disk image. It can be useful
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003298for easier testing of various kernels.
3299
3300@table @option
3301ETEXI
3302
3303DEF("kernel", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_kernel, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003304 "-kernel bzImage use 'bzImage' as kernel image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003305STEXI
3306@item -kernel @var{bzImage}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003307@findex -kernel
Alexander Graf7677f052009-06-28 16:55:55 +02003308Use @var{bzImage} as kernel image. The kernel can be either a Linux kernel
3309or in multiboot format.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003310ETEXI
3311
3312DEF("append", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_append, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003313 "-append cmdline use 'cmdline' as kernel command line\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003314STEXI
3315@item -append @var{cmdline}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003316@findex -append
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003317Use @var{cmdline} as kernel command line
3318ETEXI
3319
3320DEF("initrd", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_initrd, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003321 "-initrd file use 'file' as initial ram disk\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003322STEXI
3323@item -initrd @var{file}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003324@findex -initrd
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003325Use @var{file} as initial ram disk.
Alexander Graf7677f052009-06-28 16:55:55 +02003326
3327@item -initrd "@var{file1} arg=foo,@var{file2}"
3328
3329This syntax is only available with multiboot.
3330
3331Use @var{file1} and @var{file2} as modules and pass arg=foo as parameter to the
3332first module.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003333ETEXI
3334
Grant Likely412beee2012-03-02 11:56:38 +00003335DEF("dtb", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_dtb, \
Peter A. G. Crosthwaite379b5c72012-03-04 21:03:54 +10003336 "-dtb file use 'file' as device tree image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Grant Likely412beee2012-03-02 11:56:38 +00003337STEXI
3338@item -dtb @var{file}
3339@findex -dtb
3340Use @var{file} as a device tree binary (dtb) image and pass it to the kernel
3341on boot.
3342ETEXI
3343
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003344STEXI
3345@end table
3346ETEXI
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003347DEFHEADING()
3348
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02003349DEFHEADING(Debug/Expert options:)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003350STEXI
3351@table @option
3352ETEXI
3353
Gabriel L. Somlo81b2b812015-04-29 11:21:53 -04003354DEF("fw_cfg", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_fwcfg,
3355 "-fw_cfg [name=]<name>,file=<file>\n"
Markus Armbruster63d31452016-04-18 18:29:50 +02003356 " add named fw_cfg entry with contents from file\n"
Gabriel L. Somlo6407d762015-09-29 12:29:01 -04003357 "-fw_cfg [name=]<name>,string=<str>\n"
Markus Armbruster63d31452016-04-18 18:29:50 +02003358 " add named fw_cfg entry with contents from string\n",
Gabriel L. Somlo81b2b812015-04-29 11:21:53 -04003359 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
3360STEXI
Markus Armbruster63d31452016-04-18 18:29:50 +02003361
Gabriel L. Somlo81b2b812015-04-29 11:21:53 -04003362@item -fw_cfg [name=]@var{name},file=@var{file}
3363@findex -fw_cfg
Markus Armbruster63d31452016-04-18 18:29:50 +02003364Add named fw_cfg entry with contents from file @var{file}.
Gabriel L. Somlo6407d762015-09-29 12:29:01 -04003365
3366@item -fw_cfg [name=]@var{name},string=@var{str}
Markus Armbruster63d31452016-04-18 18:29:50 +02003367Add named fw_cfg entry with contents from string @var{str}.
3368
3369The terminating NUL character of the contents of @var{str} will not be
3370included as part of the fw_cfg item data. To insert contents with
3371embedded NUL characters, you have to use the @var{file} parameter.
3372
3373The fw_cfg entries are passed by QEMU through to the guest.
3374
3375Example:
3376@example
3377 -fw_cfg name=opt/com.mycompany/blob,file=./my_blob.bin
3378@end example
3379creates an fw_cfg entry named opt/com.mycompany/blob with contents
3380from ./my_blob.bin.
3381
Gabriel L. Somlo81b2b812015-04-29 11:21:53 -04003382ETEXI
3383
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003384DEF("serial", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_serial, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003385 "-serial dev redirect the serial port to char device 'dev'\n",
3386 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003387STEXI
3388@item -serial @var{dev}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003389@findex -serial
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003390Redirect the virtual serial port to host character device
3391@var{dev}. The default device is @code{vc} in graphical mode and
3392@code{stdio} in non graphical mode.
3393
3394This option can be used several times to simulate up to 4 serial
3395ports.
3396
3397Use @code{-serial none} to disable all serial ports.
3398
3399Available character devices are:
Kevin Wolfb3f046c2009-10-09 10:58:35 +02003400@table @option
Kevin Wolf4e257e52009-10-09 10:58:36 +02003401@item vc[:@var{W}x@var{H}]
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003402Virtual console. Optionally, a width and height can be given in pixel with
3403@example
3404vc:800x600
3405@end example
3406It is also possible to specify width or height in characters:
3407@example
3408vc:80Cx24C
3409@end example
3410@item pty
3411[Linux only] Pseudo TTY (a new PTY is automatically allocated)
3412@item none
3413No device is allocated.
3414@item null
3415void device
Ingo van Lil88e020e2013-12-20 14:44:53 +01003416@item chardev:@var{id}
3417Use a named character device defined with the @code{-chardev} option.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003418@item /dev/XXX
3419[Linux only] Use host tty, e.g. @file{/dev/ttyS0}. The host serial port
3420parameters are set according to the emulated ones.
3421@item /dev/parport@var{N}
3422[Linux only, parallel port only] Use host parallel port
3423@var{N}. Currently SPP and EPP parallel port features can be used.
3424@item file:@var{filename}
3425Write output to @var{filename}. No character can be read.
3426@item stdio
3427[Unix only] standard input/output
3428@item pipe:@var{filename}
3429name pipe @var{filename}
3430@item COM@var{n}
3431[Windows only] Use host serial port @var{n}
3432@item udp:[@var{remote_host}]:@var{remote_port}[@@[@var{src_ip}]:@var{src_port}]
3433This implements UDP Net Console.
3434When @var{remote_host} or @var{src_ip} are not specified
3435they default to @code{0.0.0.0}.
3436When not using a specified @var{src_port} a random port is automatically chosen.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003437
3438If you just want a simple readonly console you can use @code{netcat} or
Stefan Weilb65ee4f2012-05-11 22:25:50 +02003439@code{nc}, by starting QEMU with: @code{-serial udp::4555} and nc as:
3440@code{nc -u -l -p 4555}. Any time QEMU writes something to that port it
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003441will appear in the netconsole session.
3442
3443If you plan to send characters back via netconsole or you want to stop
Stefan Weilb65ee4f2012-05-11 22:25:50 +02003444and start QEMU a lot of times, you should have QEMU use the same
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003445source port each time by using something like @code{-serial
Stefan Weilb65ee4f2012-05-11 22:25:50 +02003446udp::4555@@:4556} to QEMU. Another approach is to use a patched
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003447version of netcat which can listen to a TCP port and send and receive
3448characters via udp. If you have a patched version of netcat which
3449activates telnet remote echo and single char transfer, then you can
Marc-André Lureaubd1caa32016-12-22 18:56:38 +04003450use the following options to set up a netcat redirector to allow
Stefan Weilb65ee4f2012-05-11 22:25:50 +02003451telnet on port 5555 to access the QEMU port.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003452@table @code
Stefan Weil071c9392012-04-07 09:23:36 +02003453@item QEMU Options:
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003454-serial udp::4555@@:4556
3455@item netcat options:
3456-u -P 4555 -L 0.0.0.0:4556 -t -p 5555 -I -T
3457@item telnet options:
3458localhost 5555
3459@end table
3460
Corey Minyard5dd1f022014-10-02 11:17:37 -05003461@item tcp:[@var{host}]:@var{port}[,@var{server}][,nowait][,nodelay][,reconnect=@var{seconds}]
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003462The TCP Net Console has two modes of operation. It can send the serial
3463I/O to a location or wait for a connection from a location. By default
3464the TCP Net Console is sent to @var{host} at the @var{port}. If you use
3465the @var{server} option QEMU will wait for a client socket application
3466to connect to the port before continuing, unless the @code{nowait}
3467option was specified. The @code{nodelay} option disables the Nagle buffering
Corey Minyard5dd1f022014-10-02 11:17:37 -05003468algorithm. The @code{reconnect} option only applies if @var{noserver} is
3469set, if the connection goes down it will attempt to reconnect at the
3470given interval. If @var{host} is omitted, 0.0.0.0 is assumed. Only
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003471one TCP connection at a time is accepted. You can use @code{telnet} to
3472connect to the corresponding character device.
3473@table @code
3474@item Example to send tcp console to 192.168.0.2 port 4444
3475-serial tcp:192.168.0.2:4444
3476@item Example to listen and wait on port 4444 for connection
3477-serial tcp::4444,server
3478@item Example to not wait and listen on ip 192.168.0.100 port 4444
3479-serial tcp:192.168.0.100:4444,server,nowait
3480@end table
3481
3482@item telnet:@var{host}:@var{port}[,server][,nowait][,nodelay]
3483The telnet protocol is used instead of raw tcp sockets. The options
3484work the same as if you had specified @code{-serial tcp}. The
3485difference is that the port acts like a telnet server or client using
3486telnet option negotiation. This will also allow you to send the
3487MAGIC_SYSRQ sequence if you use a telnet that supports sending the break
3488sequence. Typically in unix telnet you do it with Control-] and then
3489type "send break" followed by pressing the enter key.
3490
Julia Suvorova981b06e2018-10-19 01:35:00 +03003491@item websocket:@var{host}:@var{port},server[,nowait][,nodelay]
3492The WebSocket protocol is used instead of raw tcp socket. The port acts as
3493a WebSocket server. Client mode is not supported.
3494
Corey Minyard5dd1f022014-10-02 11:17:37 -05003495@item unix:@var{path}[,server][,nowait][,reconnect=@var{seconds}]
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003496A unix domain socket is used instead of a tcp socket. The option works the
3497same as if you had specified @code{-serial tcp} except the unix domain socket
3498@var{path} is used for connections.
3499
3500@item mon:@var{dev_string}
3501This is a special option to allow the monitor to be multiplexed onto
3502another serial port. The monitor is accessed with key sequence of
Paolo Bonzini02c4bdf2013-07-03 20:29:45 +04003503@key{Control-a} and then pressing @key{c}.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003504@var{dev_string} should be any one of the serial devices specified
3505above. An example to multiplex the monitor onto a telnet server
3506listening on port 4444 would be:
3507@table @code
3508@item -serial mon:telnet::4444,server,nowait
3509@end table
Michael Tokarevbe022d62013-07-11 12:55:50 +04003510When the monitor is multiplexed to stdio in this way, Ctrl+C will not terminate
3511QEMU any more but will be passed to the guest instead.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003512
3513@item braille
3514Braille device. This will use BrlAPI to display the braille output on a real
3515or fake device.
3516
Kevin Wolfbe8b28a2009-10-09 10:58:37 +02003517@item msmouse
3518Three button serial mouse. Configure the guest to use Microsoft protocol.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003519@end table
3520ETEXI
3521
3522DEF("parallel", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_parallel, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003523 "-parallel dev redirect the parallel port to char device 'dev'\n",
3524 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003525STEXI
3526@item -parallel @var{dev}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003527@findex -parallel
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003528Redirect the virtual parallel port to host device @var{dev} (same
3529devices as the serial port). On Linux hosts, @file{/dev/parportN} can
3530be used to use hardware devices connected on the corresponding host
3531parallel port.
3532
3533This option can be used several times to simulate up to 3 parallel
3534ports.
3535
3536Use @code{-parallel none} to disable all parallel ports.
3537ETEXI
3538
3539DEF("monitor", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_monitor, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003540 "-monitor dev redirect the monitor to char device 'dev'\n",
3541 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003542STEXI
Gerd Hoffmann4e307fc2009-12-08 13:11:37 +01003543@item -monitor @var{dev}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003544@findex -monitor
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003545Redirect the monitor to host device @var{dev} (same devices as the
3546serial port).
3547The default device is @code{vc} in graphical mode and @code{stdio} in
3548non graphical mode.
Luiz Capitulino70e098a2013-05-16 12:02:55 -04003549Use @code{-monitor none} to disable the default monitor.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003550ETEXI
Gerd Hoffmann6ca55822009-12-08 13:11:52 +01003551DEF("qmp", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_qmp, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003552 "-qmp dev like -monitor but opens in 'control' mode\n",
3553 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01003554STEXI
3555@item -qmp @var{dev}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003556@findex -qmp
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01003557Like -monitor but opens in 'control' mode.
3558ETEXI
Max Reitz4821cd42014-11-17 13:31:04 +01003559DEF("qmp-pretty", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_qmp_pretty, \
3560 "-qmp-pretty dev like -qmp but uses pretty JSON formatting\n",
3561 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
3562STEXI
3563@item -qmp-pretty @var{dev}
3564@findex -qmp-pretty
3565Like -qmp but uses pretty JSON formatting.
3566ETEXI
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003567
Gerd Hoffmann22a0e042009-12-08 13:11:51 +01003568DEF("mon", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_mon, \
Vicente Jimenez Aguilaref670722017-11-14 09:11:27 +01003569 "-mon [chardev=]name[,mode=readline|control][,pretty[=on|off]]\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Gerd Hoffmann22a0e042009-12-08 13:11:51 +01003570STEXI
Vicente Jimenez Aguilaref670722017-11-14 09:11:27 +01003571@item -mon [chardev=]name[,mode=readline|control][,pretty[=on|off]]
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003572@findex -mon
Vicente Jimenez Aguilaref670722017-11-14 09:11:27 +01003573Setup monitor on chardev @var{name}. @code{pretty} turns on JSON pretty printing
3574easing human reading and debugging.
Gerd Hoffmann22a0e042009-12-08 13:11:51 +01003575ETEXI
3576
H. Peter Anvinc9f398e2009-12-29 13:51:36 -08003577DEF("debugcon", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_debugcon, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003578 "-debugcon dev redirect the debug console to char device 'dev'\n",
3579 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
H. Peter Anvinc9f398e2009-12-29 13:51:36 -08003580STEXI
3581@item -debugcon @var{dev}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003582@findex -debugcon
H. Peter Anvinc9f398e2009-12-29 13:51:36 -08003583Redirect the debug console to host device @var{dev} (same devices as the
3584serial port). The debug console is an I/O port which is typically port
35850xe9; writing to that I/O port sends output to this device.
3586The default device is @code{vc} in graphical mode and @code{stdio} in
3587non graphical mode.
3588ETEXI
3589
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003590DEF("pidfile", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_pidfile, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003591 "-pidfile file write PID to 'file'\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003592STEXI
3593@item -pidfile @var{file}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003594@findex -pidfile
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003595Store the QEMU process PID in @var{file}. It is useful if you launch QEMU
3596from a script.
3597ETEXI
3598
aurel321b530a62009-04-05 20:08:59 +00003599DEF("singlestep", 0, QEMU_OPTION_singlestep, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003600 "-singlestep always run in singlestep mode\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
aurel321b530a62009-04-05 20:08:59 +00003601STEXI
3602@item -singlestep
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003603@findex -singlestep
aurel321b530a62009-04-05 20:08:59 +00003604Run the emulation in single step mode.
3605ETEXI
3606
Igor Mammedov047f7032018-05-11 19:24:43 +02003607DEF("preconfig", 0, QEMU_OPTION_preconfig, \
Markus Armbruster361ac942018-07-05 11:14:02 +02003608 "--preconfig pause QEMU before machine is initialized (experimental)\n",
Igor Mammedov047f7032018-05-11 19:24:43 +02003609 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
3610STEXI
3611@item --preconfig
3612@findex --preconfig
3613Pause QEMU for interactive configuration before the machine is created,
3614which allows querying and configuring properties that will affect
Markus Armbruster361ac942018-07-05 11:14:02 +02003615machine initialization. Use QMP command 'x-exit-preconfig' to exit
3616the preconfig state and move to the next state (i.e. run guest if -S
3617isn't used or pause the second time if -S is used). This option is
3618experimental.
Igor Mammedov047f7032018-05-11 19:24:43 +02003619ETEXI
3620
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003621DEF("S", 0, QEMU_OPTION_S, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003622 "-S freeze CPU at startup (use 'c' to start execution)\n",
3623 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003624STEXI
3625@item -S
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003626@findex -S
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003627Do not start CPU at startup (you must type 'c' in the monitor).
3628ETEXI
3629
Satoru Moriya888a6bc2013-04-19 16:42:06 +02003630DEF("realtime", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_realtime,
3631 "-realtime [mlock=on|off]\n"
3632 " run qemu with realtime features\n"
3633 " mlock=on|off controls mlock support (default: on)\n",
3634 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
3635STEXI
3636@item -realtime mlock=on|off
3637@findex -realtime
3638Run qemu with realtime features.
3639mlocking qemu and guest memory can be enabled via @option{mlock=on}
3640(enabled by default).
3641ETEXI
3642
Michael S. Tsirkin6f131f12018-06-22 22:22:05 +03003643DEF("overcommit", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_overcommit,
BALATON Zoltandfaa7d52018-07-16 21:12:08 +02003644 "-overcommit [mem-lock=on|off][cpu-pm=on|off]\n"
Michael S. Tsirkin6f131f12018-06-22 22:22:05 +03003645 " run qemu with overcommit hints\n"
3646 " mem-lock=on|off controls memory lock support (default: off)\n"
3647 " cpu-pm=on|off controls cpu power management (default: off)\n",
3648 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
3649STEXI
3650@item -overcommit mem-lock=on|off
3651@item -overcommit cpu-pm=on|off
3652@findex -overcommit
3653Run qemu with hints about host resource overcommit. The default is
3654to assume that host overcommits all resources.
3655
3656Locking qemu and guest memory can be enabled via @option{mem-lock=on} (disabled
3657by default). This works when host memory is not overcommitted and reduces the
3658worst-case latency for guest. This is equivalent to @option{realtime}.
3659
3660Guest ability to manage power state of host cpus (increasing latency for other
3661processes on the same host cpu, but decreasing latency for guest) can be
3662enabled via @option{cpu-pm=on} (disabled by default). This works best when
3663host CPU is not overcommitted. When used, host estimates of CPU cycle and power
3664utilization will be incorrect, not taking into account guest idle time.
3665ETEXI
3666
aliguori59030a82009-04-05 18:43:41 +00003667DEF("gdb", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_gdb, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003668 "-gdb dev wait for gdb connection on 'dev'\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003669STEXI
aliguori59030a82009-04-05 18:43:41 +00003670@item -gdb @var{dev}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003671@findex -gdb
aliguori59030a82009-04-05 18:43:41 +00003672Wait for gdb connection on device @var{dev} (@pxref{gdb_usage}). Typical
3673connections will likely be TCP-based, but also UDP, pseudo TTY, or even
Stefan Weilb65ee4f2012-05-11 22:25:50 +02003674stdio are reasonable use case. The latter is allowing to start QEMU from
aliguori59030a82009-04-05 18:43:41 +00003675within gdb and establish the connection via a pipe:
3676@example
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02003677(gdb) target remote | exec @value{qemu_system} -gdb stdio ...
aliguori59030a82009-04-05 18:43:41 +00003678@end example
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003679ETEXI
3680
aliguori59030a82009-04-05 18:43:41 +00003681DEF("s", 0, QEMU_OPTION_s, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003682 "-s shorthand for -gdb tcp::" DEFAULT_GDBSTUB_PORT "\n",
3683 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003684STEXI
aliguori59030a82009-04-05 18:43:41 +00003685@item -s
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003686@findex -s
aliguori59030a82009-04-05 18:43:41 +00003687Shorthand for -gdb tcp::1234, i.e. open a gdbserver on TCP port 1234
3688(@pxref{gdb_usage}).
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003689ETEXI
3690
3691DEF("d", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_d, \
Peter Maydell989b6972013-02-26 17:52:40 +00003692 "-d item1,... enable logging of specified items (use '-d help' for a list of log items)\n",
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003693 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003694STEXI
Peter Maydell989b6972013-02-26 17:52:40 +00003695@item -d @var{item1}[,...]
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003696@findex -d
Peter Maydell989b6972013-02-26 17:52:40 +00003697Enable logging of specified items. Use '-d help' for a list of log items.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003698ETEXI
3699
Matthew Fernandezc235d732011-06-07 16:32:40 +00003700DEF("D", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_D, \
Peter Maydell989b6972013-02-26 17:52:40 +00003701 "-D logfile output log to logfile (default stderr)\n",
Matthew Fernandezc235d732011-06-07 16:32:40 +00003702 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
3703STEXI
Stefan Weil8bd383b2012-05-11 22:40:50 +02003704@item -D @var{logfile}
Matthew Fernandezc235d732011-06-07 16:32:40 +00003705@findex -D
Peter Maydell989b6972013-02-26 17:52:40 +00003706Output log in @var{logfile} instead of to stderr
Matthew Fernandezc235d732011-06-07 16:32:40 +00003707ETEXI
3708
Alex Bennée35145522016-03-15 14:30:20 +00003709DEF("dfilter", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_DFILTER, \
3710 "-dfilter range,.. filter debug output to range of addresses (useful for -d cpu,exec,etc..)\n",
3711 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
3712STEXI
3713@item -dfilter @var{range1}[,...]
3714@findex -dfilter
3715Filter debug output to that relevant to a range of target addresses. The filter
3716spec can be either @var{start}+@var{size}, @var{start}-@var{size} or
3717@var{start}..@var{end} where @var{start} @var{end} and @var{size} are the
3718addresses and sizes required. For example:
3719@example
3720 -dfilter 0x8000..0x8fff,0xffffffc000080000+0x200,0xffffffc000060000-0x1000
3721@end example
3722Will dump output for any code in the 0x1000 sized block starting at 0x8000 and
3723the 0x200 sized block starting at 0xffffffc000080000 and another 0x1000 sized
3724block starting at 0xffffffc00005f000.
3725ETEXI
3726
Richard Henderson9c09a252019-03-14 13:06:29 -07003727DEF("seed", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_seed, \
3728 "-seed number seed the pseudo-random number generator\n",
3729 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
3730STEXI
3731@item -seed @var{number}
3732@findex -seed
3733Force the guest to use a deterministic pseudo-random number generator, seeded
3734with @var{number}. This does not affect crypto routines within the host.
3735ETEXI
3736
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003737DEF("L", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_L, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003738 "-L path set the directory for the BIOS, VGA BIOS and keymaps\n",
3739 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003740STEXI
3741@item -L @var{path}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003742@findex -L
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003743Set the directory for the BIOS, VGA BIOS and keymaps.
Richard W.M. Jones37146e72016-05-16 17:34:35 +01003744
3745To list all the data directories, use @code{-L help}.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003746ETEXI
3747
3748DEF("bios", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_bios, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003749 "-bios file set the filename for the BIOS\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003750STEXI
3751@item -bios @var{file}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003752@findex -bios
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003753Set the filename for the BIOS.
3754ETEXI
3755
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003756DEF("enable-kvm", 0, QEMU_OPTION_enable_kvm, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003757 "-enable-kvm enable KVM full virtualization support\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003758STEXI
3759@item -enable-kvm
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003760@findex -enable-kvm
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003761Enable KVM full virtualization support. This option is only available
3762if KVM support is enabled when compiling.
3763ETEXI
3764
aliguorie37630c2009-04-22 15:19:10 +00003765DEF("xen-domid", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_xen_domid,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003766 "-xen-domid id specify xen guest domain id\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
aliguorie37630c2009-04-22 15:19:10 +00003767DEF("xen-attach", 0, QEMU_OPTION_xen_attach,
3768 "-xen-attach attach to existing xen domain\n"
Anthony PERARD1077bca2018-09-14 12:18:30 +01003769 " libxl will use this when starting QEMU\n",
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003770 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Paul Durrant1c599472017-03-22 09:39:15 +00003771DEF("xen-domid-restrict", 0, QEMU_OPTION_xen_domid_restrict,
3772 "-xen-domid-restrict restrict set of available xen operations\n"
3773 " to specified domain id. (Does not affect\n"
3774 " xenpv machine type).\n",
3775 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01003776STEXI
3777@item -xen-domid @var{id}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003778@findex -xen-domid
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01003779Specify xen guest domain @var{id} (XEN only).
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01003780@item -xen-attach
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003781@findex -xen-attach
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01003782Attach to existing xen domain.
Anthony PERARD1077bca2018-09-14 12:18:30 +01003783libxl will use this when starting QEMU (XEN only).
Paul Durrant1c599472017-03-22 09:39:15 +00003784@findex -xen-domid-restrict
3785Restrict set of available xen operations to specified domain id (XEN only).
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01003786ETEXI
aliguorie37630c2009-04-22 15:19:10 +00003787
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003788DEF("no-reboot", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_reboot, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003789 "-no-reboot exit instead of rebooting\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003790STEXI
3791@item -no-reboot
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003792@findex -no-reboot
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003793Exit instead of rebooting.
3794ETEXI
3795
3796DEF("no-shutdown", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_shutdown, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003797 "-no-shutdown stop before shutdown\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003798STEXI
3799@item -no-shutdown
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003800@findex -no-shutdown
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003801Don't exit QEMU on guest shutdown, but instead only stop the emulation.
3802This allows for instance switching to monitor to commit changes to the
3803disk image.
3804ETEXI
3805
3806DEF("loadvm", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_loadvm, \
3807 "-loadvm [tag|id]\n" \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003808 " start right away with a saved state (loadvm in monitor)\n",
3809 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003810STEXI
3811@item -loadvm @var{file}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003812@findex -loadvm
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003813Start right away with a saved state (@code{loadvm} in monitor)
3814ETEXI
3815
3816#ifndef _WIN32
3817DEF("daemonize", 0, QEMU_OPTION_daemonize, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003818 "-daemonize daemonize QEMU after initializing\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003819#endif
3820STEXI
3821@item -daemonize
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003822@findex -daemonize
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003823Daemonize the QEMU process after initialization. QEMU will not detach from
3824standard IO until it is ready to receive connections on any of its devices.
3825This option is a useful way for external programs to launch QEMU without having
3826to cope with initialization race conditions.
3827ETEXI
3828
3829DEF("option-rom", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_option_rom, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003830 "-option-rom rom load a file, rom, into the option ROM space\n",
3831 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003832STEXI
3833@item -option-rom @var{file}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003834@findex -option-rom
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003835Load the contents of @var{file} as an option ROM.
3836This option is useful to load things like EtherBoot.
3837ETEXI
3838
Jan Kiszka1ed2fc12009-09-15 13:36:04 +02003839DEF("rtc", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_rtc, \
Artem Pisarenko238d1242018-10-18 13:12:52 +06003840 "-rtc [base=utc|localtime|<datetime>][,clock=host|rt|vm][,driftfix=none|slew]\n" \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003841 " set the RTC base and clock, enable drift fix for clock ticks (x86 only)\n",
3842 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Jan Kiszka1ed2fc12009-09-15 13:36:04 +02003843
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003844STEXI
3845
Artem Pisarenko238d1242018-10-18 13:12:52 +06003846@item -rtc [base=utc|localtime|@var{datetime}][,clock=host|rt|vm][,driftfix=none|slew]
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003847@findex -rtc
Jan Kiszka1ed2fc12009-09-15 13:36:04 +02003848Specify @option{base} as @code{utc} or @code{localtime} to let the RTC start at the current
3849UTC or local time, respectively. @code{localtime} is required for correct date in
Artem Pisarenko238d1242018-10-18 13:12:52 +06003850MS-DOS or Windows. To start at a specific point in time, provide @var{datetime} in the
Jan Kiszka1ed2fc12009-09-15 13:36:04 +02003851format @code{2006-06-17T16:01:21} or @code{2006-06-17}. The default base is UTC.
3852
Michael Tokarev9d85d552014-04-07 13:34:58 +04003853By default the RTC is driven by the host system time. This allows using of the
Jan Kiszka68752042009-09-15 13:36:04 +02003854RTC as accurate reference clock inside the guest, specifically if the host
3855time is smoothly following an accurate external reference clock, e.g. via NTP.
Paolo Bonzini78808142012-03-30 10:31:21 +00003856If you want to isolate the guest time from the host, you can set @option{clock}
Artem Pisarenko238d1242018-10-18 13:12:52 +06003857to @code{rt} instead, which provides a host monotonic clock if host support it.
3858To even prevent the RTC from progressing during suspension, you can set @option{clock}
3859to @code{vm} (virtual clock). @samp{clock=vm} is recommended especially in
3860icount mode in order to preserve determinism; however, note that in icount mode
3861the speed of the virtual clock is variable and can in general differ from the
3862host clock.
Jan Kiszka68752042009-09-15 13:36:04 +02003863
Jan Kiszka1ed2fc12009-09-15 13:36:04 +02003864Enable @option{driftfix} (i386 targets only) if you experience time drift problems,
3865specifically with Windows' ACPI HAL. This option will try to figure out how
3866many timer interrupts were not processed by the Windows guest and will
3867re-inject them.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003868ETEXI
3869
3870DEF("icount", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_icount, \
Pavel Dovgalyuk9c2037d2017-01-24 10:17:47 +03003871 "-icount [shift=N|auto][,align=on|off][,sleep=on|off,rr=record|replay,rrfile=<filename>,rrsnapshot=<snapshot>]\n" \
aliguoribc14ca22009-04-05 18:43:37 +00003872 " enable virtual instruction counter with 2^N clock ticks per\n" \
Victor CLEMENTf1f4b572015-05-29 17:14:05 +02003873 " instruction, enable aligning the host and virtual clocks\n" \
3874 " or disable real time cpu sleeping\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003875STEXI
Pavel Dovgalyuk9c2037d2017-01-24 10:17:47 +03003876@item -icount [shift=@var{N}|auto][,rr=record|replay,rrfile=@var{filename},rrsnapshot=@var{snapshot}]
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003877@findex -icount
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003878Enable virtual instruction counter. The virtual cpu will execute one
Kevin Wolf4e257e52009-10-09 10:58:36 +02003879instruction every 2^@var{N} ns of virtual time. If @code{auto} is specified
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003880then the virtual cpu speed will be automatically adjusted to keep virtual
3881time within a few seconds of real time.
3882
Victor CLEMENTf1f4b572015-05-29 17:14:05 +02003883When the virtual cpu is sleeping, the virtual time will advance at default
Pranith Kumar778d9f92016-02-26 10:16:51 -05003884speed unless @option{sleep=on|off} is specified.
3885With @option{sleep=on|off}, the virtual time will jump to the next timer deadline
Victor CLEMENTf1f4b572015-05-29 17:14:05 +02003886instantly whenever the virtual cpu goes to sleep mode and will not advance
3887if no timer is enabled. This behavior give deterministic execution times from
3888the guest point of view.
3889
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003890Note that while this option can give deterministic behavior, it does not
3891provide cycle accurate emulation. Modern CPUs contain superscalar out of
3892order cores with complex cache hierarchies. The number of instructions
3893executed often has little or no correlation with actual performance.
Sebastian Tanasea8bfac32014-07-25 11:56:29 +02003894
Daniel P. Berrangeb6af0972015-08-26 12:17:13 +01003895@option{align=on} will activate the delay algorithm which will try
Sebastian Tanasea8bfac32014-07-25 11:56:29 +02003896to synchronise the host clock and the virtual clock. The goal is to
3897have a guest running at the real frequency imposed by the shift option.
3898Whenever the guest clock is behind the host clock and if
Michael Tokarev82597612015-04-27 11:12:49 +03003899@option{align=on} is specified then we print a message to the user
Sebastian Tanasea8bfac32014-07-25 11:56:29 +02003900to inform about the delay.
3901Currently this option does not work when @option{shift} is @code{auto}.
3902Note: The sync algorithm will work for those shift values for which
3903the guest clock runs ahead of the host clock. Typically this happens
3904when the shift value is high (how high depends on the host machine).
Pavel Dovgalyuk4c27b852015-09-17 19:25:18 +03003905
3906When @option{rr} option is specified deterministic record/replay is enabled.
3907Replay log is written into @var{filename} file in record mode and
3908read from this file in replay mode.
Pavel Dovgalyuk9c2037d2017-01-24 10:17:47 +03003909
3910Option rrsnapshot is used to create new vm snapshot named @var{snapshot}
3911at the start of execution recording. In replay mode this option is used
3912to load the initial VM state.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003913ETEXI
3914
Richard W.M. Jones9dd986c2009-04-25 13:56:19 +01003915DEF("watchdog", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_watchdog, \
Xu Wangd7933ef2015-06-11 17:32:05 +02003916 "-watchdog model\n" \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003917 " enable virtual hardware watchdog [default=none]\n",
3918 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Richard W.M. Jones9dd986c2009-04-25 13:56:19 +01003919STEXI
3920@item -watchdog @var{model}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003921@findex -watchdog
Richard W.M. Jones9dd986c2009-04-25 13:56:19 +01003922Create a virtual hardware watchdog device. Once enabled (by a guest
3923action), the watchdog must be periodically polled by an agent inside
Xu Wangd7933ef2015-06-11 17:32:05 +02003924the guest or else the guest will be restarted. Choose a model for
3925which your guest has drivers.
Richard W.M. Jones9dd986c2009-04-25 13:56:19 +01003926
Xu Wangd7933ef2015-06-11 17:32:05 +02003927The @var{model} is the model of hardware watchdog to emulate. Use
3928@code{-watchdog help} to list available hardware models. Only one
Richard W.M. Jones9dd986c2009-04-25 13:56:19 +01003929watchdog can be enabled for a guest.
Xu Wangd7933ef2015-06-11 17:32:05 +02003930
3931The following models may be available:
3932@table @option
3933@item ib700
3934iBASE 700 is a very simple ISA watchdog with a single timer.
3935@item i6300esb
3936Intel 6300ESB I/O controller hub is a much more featureful PCI-based
3937dual-timer watchdog.
Xu Wang188f24c2015-02-05 18:28:32 +08003938@item diag288
3939A virtual watchdog for s390x backed by the diagnose 288 hypercall
3940(currently KVM only).
Xu Wangd7933ef2015-06-11 17:32:05 +02003941@end table
Richard W.M. Jones9dd986c2009-04-25 13:56:19 +01003942ETEXI
3943
3944DEF("watchdog-action", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_watchdog_action, \
Markus Armbruster7ad92702017-10-02 16:03:07 +02003945 "-watchdog-action reset|shutdown|poweroff|inject-nmi|pause|debug|none\n" \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003946 " action when watchdog fires [default=reset]\n",
3947 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Richard W.M. Jones9dd986c2009-04-25 13:56:19 +01003948STEXI
3949@item -watchdog-action @var{action}
Markus Armbrusterb8f490e2013-02-13 19:49:38 +01003950@findex -watchdog-action
Richard W.M. Jones9dd986c2009-04-25 13:56:19 +01003951
3952The @var{action} controls what QEMU will do when the watchdog timer
3953expires.
3954The default is
3955@code{reset} (forcefully reset the guest).
3956Other possible actions are:
3957@code{shutdown} (attempt to gracefully shutdown the guest),
3958@code{poweroff} (forcefully poweroff the guest),
Markus Armbruster7ad92702017-10-02 16:03:07 +02003959@code{inject-nmi} (inject a NMI into the guest),
Richard W.M. Jones9dd986c2009-04-25 13:56:19 +01003960@code{pause} (pause the guest),
3961@code{debug} (print a debug message and continue), or
3962@code{none} (do nothing).
3963
3964Note that the @code{shutdown} action requires that the guest responds
3965to ACPI signals, which it may not be able to do in the sort of
3966situations where the watchdog would have expired, and thus
3967@code{-watchdog-action shutdown} is not recommended for production use.
3968
3969Examples:
3970
3971@table @code
3972@item -watchdog i6300esb -watchdog-action pause
Markus Armbrusterf9cfd652015-06-15 14:35:59 +02003973@itemx -watchdog ib700
Richard W.M. Jones9dd986c2009-04-25 13:56:19 +01003974@end table
3975ETEXI
3976
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003977DEF("echr", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_echr, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003978 "-echr chr set terminal escape character instead of ctrl-a\n",
3979 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003980STEXI
3981
Kevin Wolf4e257e52009-10-09 10:58:36 +02003982@item -echr @var{numeric_ascii_value}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01003983@findex -echr
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003984Change the escape character used for switching to the monitor when using
3985monitor and serial sharing. The default is @code{0x01} when using the
3986@code{-nographic} option. @code{0x01} is equal to pressing
3987@code{Control-a}. You can select a different character from the ascii
3988control keys where 1 through 26 map to Control-a through Control-z. For
3989instance you could use the either of the following to change the escape
3990character to Control-t.
3991@table @code
3992@item -echr 0x14
Markus Armbrusterf9cfd652015-06-15 14:35:59 +02003993@itemx -echr 20
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003994@end table
3995ETEXI
3996
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003997DEF("show-cursor", 0, QEMU_OPTION_show_cursor, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003998 "-show-cursor show cursor\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003999STEXI
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01004000@item -show-cursor
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01004001@findex -show-cursor
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01004002Show cursor.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004003ETEXI
4004
4005DEF("tb-size", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_tb_size, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004006 "-tb-size n set TB size\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004007STEXI
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01004008@item -tb-size @var{n}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01004009@findex -tb-size
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01004010Set TB size.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004011ETEXI
4012
4013DEF("incoming", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_incoming, \
Michael Tokarev7c601802015-02-10 22:40:47 +03004014 "-incoming tcp:[host]:port[,to=maxport][,ipv4][,ipv6]\n" \
4015 "-incoming rdma:host:port[,ipv4][,ipv6]\n" \
4016 "-incoming unix:socketpath\n" \
4017 " prepare for incoming migration, listen on\n" \
4018 " specified protocol and socket address\n" \
4019 "-incoming fd:fd\n" \
4020 "-incoming exec:cmdline\n" \
4021 " accept incoming migration on given file descriptor\n" \
Dr. David Alan Gilbert15970512015-05-29 19:52:52 +01004022 " or from given external command\n" \
4023 "-incoming defer\n" \
4024 " wait for the URI to be specified via migrate_incoming\n",
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004025 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004026STEXI
Michael Tokarev7c601802015-02-10 22:40:47 +03004027@item -incoming tcp:[@var{host}]:@var{port}[,to=@var{maxport}][,ipv4][,ipv6]
Markus Armbrusterf9cfd652015-06-15 14:35:59 +02004028@itemx -incoming rdma:@var{host}:@var{port}[,ipv4][,ipv6]
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01004029@findex -incoming
Michael Tokarev7c601802015-02-10 22:40:47 +03004030Prepare for incoming migration, listen on a given tcp port.
4031
4032@item -incoming unix:@var{socketpath}
4033Prepare for incoming migration, listen on a given unix socket.
4034
4035@item -incoming fd:@var{fd}
4036Accept incoming migration from a given filedescriptor.
4037
4038@item -incoming exec:@var{cmdline}
4039Accept incoming migration as an output from specified external command.
Dr. David Alan Gilbert15970512015-05-29 19:52:52 +01004040
4041@item -incoming defer
4042Wait for the URI to be specified via migrate_incoming. The monitor can
4043be used to change settings (such as migration parameters) prior to issuing
4044the migrate_incoming to allow the migration to begin.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004045ETEXI
4046
Ashijeet Acharyad15c05f2017-01-16 17:01:51 +05304047DEF("only-migratable", 0, QEMU_OPTION_only_migratable, \
4048 "-only-migratable allow only migratable devices\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
4049STEXI
4050@item -only-migratable
4051@findex -only-migratable
4052Only allow migratable devices. Devices will not be allowed to enter an
4053unmigratable state.
4054ETEXI
4055
Gerd Hoffmannd8c208d2009-12-08 13:11:46 +01004056DEF("nodefaults", 0, QEMU_OPTION_nodefaults, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004057 "-nodefaults don't create default devices\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Gerd Hoffmannd8c208d2009-12-08 13:11:46 +01004058STEXI
Stefan Weil3dbf2c72010-01-16 18:19:44 +01004059@item -nodefaults
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01004060@findex -nodefaults
Michal Novotny66c19bf2012-07-16 14:35:10 +02004061Don't create default devices. Normally, QEMU sets the default devices like serial
4062port, parallel port, virtual console, monitor device, VGA adapter, floppy and
4063CD-ROM drive and others. The @code{-nodefaults} option will disable all those
4064default devices.
Gerd Hoffmannd8c208d2009-12-08 13:11:46 +01004065ETEXI
4066
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004067#ifndef _WIN32
4068DEF("chroot", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_chroot, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004069 "-chroot dir chroot to dir just before starting the VM\n",
4070 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004071#endif
4072STEXI
Kevin Wolf4e257e52009-10-09 10:58:36 +02004073@item -chroot @var{dir}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01004074@findex -chroot
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004075Immediately before starting guest execution, chroot to the specified
4076directory. Especially useful in combination with -runas.
4077ETEXI
4078
4079#ifndef _WIN32
4080DEF("runas", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_runas, \
Ian Jackson2c42f1e2017-09-15 18:10:44 +01004081 "-runas user change to user id user just before starting the VM\n" \
4082 " user can be numeric uid:gid instead\n",
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004083 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004084#endif
4085STEXI
Kevin Wolf4e257e52009-10-09 10:58:36 +02004086@item -runas @var{user}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01004087@findex -runas
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004088Immediately before starting guest execution, drop root privileges, switching
4089to the specified user.
4090ETEXI
4091
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004092DEF("prom-env", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_prom_env,
4093 "-prom-env variable=value\n"
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004094 " set OpenBIOS nvram variables\n",
4095 QEMU_ARCH_PPC | QEMU_ARCH_SPARC)
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01004096STEXI
4097@item -prom-env @var{variable}=@var{value}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01004098@findex -prom-env
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01004099Set OpenBIOS nvram @var{variable} to given @var{value} (PPC, SPARC only).
4100ETEXI
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004101DEF("semihosting", 0, QEMU_OPTION_semihosting,
Michael Wallef7bbcfb2014-04-22 20:18:42 +02004102 "-semihosting semihosting mode\n",
Leon Alrae3b3c1692015-06-19 11:08:43 +01004103 QEMU_ARCH_ARM | QEMU_ARCH_M68K | QEMU_ARCH_XTENSA | QEMU_ARCH_LM32 |
Sandra Loosemore413a99a2019-04-03 13:53:05 -06004104 QEMU_ARCH_MIPS | QEMU_ARCH_NIOS2)
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01004105STEXI
4106@item -semihosting
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01004107@findex -semihosting
Sandra Loosemore413a99a2019-04-03 13:53:05 -06004108Enable semihosting mode (ARM, M68K, Xtensa, MIPS, Nios II only).
Liviu Ionescua38bb072014-12-11 12:07:48 +00004109ETEXI
4110DEF("semihosting-config", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_semihosting_config,
Alex Bennée4e7f9032019-05-14 15:30:14 +01004111 "-semihosting-config [enable=on|off][,target=native|gdb|auto][,chardev=id][,arg=str[,...]]\n" \
Leon Alraea59d31a2015-06-19 14:17:45 +01004112 " semihosting configuration\n",
Leon Alrae3b3c1692015-06-19 11:08:43 +01004113QEMU_ARCH_ARM | QEMU_ARCH_M68K | QEMU_ARCH_XTENSA | QEMU_ARCH_LM32 |
Sandra Loosemore413a99a2019-04-03 13:53:05 -06004114QEMU_ARCH_MIPS | QEMU_ARCH_NIOS2)
Liviu Ionescua38bb072014-12-11 12:07:48 +00004115STEXI
Alex Bennée4e7f9032019-05-14 15:30:14 +01004116@item -semihosting-config [enable=on|off][,target=native|gdb|auto][,chardev=id][,arg=str[,...]]
Liviu Ionescua38bb072014-12-11 12:07:48 +00004117@findex -semihosting-config
Sandra Loosemore413a99a2019-04-03 13:53:05 -06004118Enable and configure semihosting (ARM, M68K, Xtensa, MIPS, Nios II only).
Leon Alraea59d31a2015-06-19 14:17:45 +01004119@table @option
4120@item target=@code{native|gdb|auto}
4121Defines where the semihosting calls will be addressed, to QEMU (@code{native})
4122or to GDB (@code{gdb}). The default is @code{auto}, which means @code{gdb}
4123during debug sessions and @code{native} otherwise.
Alex Bennée4e7f9032019-05-14 15:30:14 +01004124@item chardev=@var{str1}
4125Send the output to a chardev backend output for native or auto output when not in gdb
Leon Alraea59d31a2015-06-19 14:17:45 +01004126@item arg=@var{str1},arg=@var{str2},...
4127Allows the user to pass input arguments, and can be used multiple times to build
4128up a list. The old-style @code{-kernel}/@code{-append} method of passing a
4129command line is still supported for backward compatibility. If both the
4130@code{--semihosting-config arg} and the @code{-kernel}/@code{-append} are
4131specified, the former is passed to semihosting as it always takes precedence.
4132@end table
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01004133ETEXI
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004134DEF("old-param", 0, QEMU_OPTION_old_param,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004135 "-old-param old param mode\n", QEMU_ARCH_ARM)
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01004136STEXI
4137@item -old-param
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01004138@findex -old-param (ARM)
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01004139Old param mode (ARM only).
4140ETEXI
4141
Eduardo Otubo7d76ad42012-08-14 18:44:08 -03004142DEF("sandbox", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_sandbox, \
Eduardo Otubo73a1e642017-03-13 22:13:27 +01004143 "-sandbox on[,obsolete=allow|deny][,elevateprivileges=allow|deny|children]\n" \
Eduardo Otubo24f8cdc2017-03-13 22:18:51 +01004144 " [,spawn=allow|deny][,resourcecontrol=allow|deny]\n" \
Eduardo Otubo2b716fa2017-03-01 23:17:29 +01004145 " Enable seccomp mode 2 system call filter (default 'off').\n" \
4146 " use 'obsolete' to allow obsolete system calls that are provided\n" \
4147 " by the kernel, but typically no longer used by modern\n" \
Eduardo Otubo73a1e642017-03-13 22:13:27 +01004148 " C library implementations.\n" \
4149 " use 'elevateprivileges' to allow or deny QEMU process to elevate\n" \
4150 " its privileges by blacklisting all set*uid|gid system calls.\n" \
4151 " The value 'children' will deny set*uid|gid system calls for\n" \
Eduardo Otubo995a2262017-03-13 22:16:01 +01004152 " main QEMU process but will allow forks and execves to run unprivileged\n" \
4153 " use 'spawn' to avoid QEMU to spawn new threads or processes by\n" \
Eduardo Otubo24f8cdc2017-03-13 22:18:51 +01004154 " blacklisting *fork and execve\n" \
4155 " use 'resourcecontrol' to disable process affinity and schedular priority\n",
Eduardo Otubo7d76ad42012-08-14 18:44:08 -03004156 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
4157STEXI
Eduardo Otubo24f8cdc2017-03-13 22:18:51 +01004158@item -sandbox @var{arg}[,obsolete=@var{string}][,elevateprivileges=@var{string}][,spawn=@var{string}][,resourcecontrol=@var{string}]
Eduardo Otubo7d76ad42012-08-14 18:44:08 -03004159@findex -sandbox
4160Enable Seccomp mode 2 system call filter. 'on' will enable syscall filtering and 'off' will
4161disable it. The default is 'off'.
Eduardo Otubo2b716fa2017-03-01 23:17:29 +01004162@table @option
4163@item obsolete=@var{string}
4164Enable Obsolete system calls
Eduardo Otubo73a1e642017-03-13 22:13:27 +01004165@item elevateprivileges=@var{string}
4166Disable set*uid|gid system calls
Eduardo Otubo995a2262017-03-13 22:16:01 +01004167@item spawn=@var{string}
4168Disable *fork and execve
Eduardo Otubo24f8cdc2017-03-13 22:18:51 +01004169@item resourcecontrol=@var{string}
4170Disable process affinity and schedular priority
Eduardo Otubo2b716fa2017-03-01 23:17:29 +01004171@end table
Eduardo Otubo7d76ad42012-08-14 18:44:08 -03004172ETEXI
4173
Gerd Hoffmann715a6642009-10-14 10:39:28 +02004174DEF("readconfig", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_readconfig,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004175 "-readconfig <file>\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Stefan Weil3dbf2c72010-01-16 18:19:44 +01004176STEXI
4177@item -readconfig @var{file}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01004178@findex -readconfig
Michal Novotnyed24cfa2012-07-16 14:28:32 +02004179Read device configuration from @var{file}. This approach is useful when you want to spawn
4180QEMU process with many command line options but you don't want to exceed the command line
4181character limit.
Stefan Weil3dbf2c72010-01-16 18:19:44 +01004182ETEXI
Gerd Hoffmann715a6642009-10-14 10:39:28 +02004183DEF("writeconfig", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_writeconfig,
4184 "-writeconfig <file>\n"
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004185 " read/write config file\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Stefan Weil3dbf2c72010-01-16 18:19:44 +01004186STEXI
4187@item -writeconfig @var{file}
Stefan Weil6616b2a2010-02-05 23:52:05 +01004188@findex -writeconfig
Michal Novotnyed24cfa2012-07-16 14:28:32 +02004189Write device configuration to @var{file}. The @var{file} can be either filename to save
4190command line and device configuration into file or dash @code{-}) character to print the
4191output to stdout. This can be later used as input file for @code{-readconfig} option.
Stefan Weil3dbf2c72010-01-16 18:19:44 +01004192ETEXI
Thomas Huth2feac452018-08-21 12:59:56 +02004193
Eduardo Habkostf29a5612012-05-02 13:07:29 -03004194DEF("no-user-config", 0, QEMU_OPTION_nouserconfig,
4195 "-no-user-config\n"
Eduardo Habkost3478eae2017-10-04 00:00:25 -03004196 " do not load default user-provided config files at startup\n",
Eduardo Habkostf29a5612012-05-02 13:07:29 -03004197 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
4198STEXI
4199@item -no-user-config
4200@findex -no-user-config
4201The @code{-no-user-config} option makes QEMU not load any of the user-provided
Eduardo Habkost3478eae2017-10-04 00:00:25 -03004202config files on @var{sysconfdir}.
Anthony Liguori292444c2010-01-21 10:57:58 -06004203ETEXI
Thomas Huth2feac452018-08-21 12:59:56 +02004204
Prerna Saxenaab6540d2010-08-09 11:48:32 +01004205DEF("trace", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_trace,
Paolo Bonzini10578a22016-01-07 16:55:26 +03004206 "-trace [[enable=]<pattern>][,events=<file>][,file=<file>]\n"
Lluís23d15e82011-08-31 20:31:31 +02004207 " specify tracing options\n",
Prerna Saxenaab6540d2010-08-09 11:48:32 +01004208 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
4209STEXI
Lluís23d15e82011-08-31 20:31:31 +02004210HXCOMM This line is not accurate, as some sub-options are backend-specific but
4211HXCOMM HX does not support conditional compilation of text.
Denis V. Luneve370ad92016-06-17 17:44:08 +03004212@item -trace [[enable=]@var{pattern}][,events=@var{file}][,file=@var{file}]
Prerna Saxenaab6540d2010-08-09 11:48:32 +01004213@findex -trace
Denis V. Luneveeb2b8f2016-06-17 17:44:09 +03004214@include qemu-option-trace.texi
Prerna Saxenaab6540d2010-08-09 11:48:32 +01004215ETEXI
Lluís Vilanova42229a72017-07-24 17:28:22 +03004216DEF("plugin", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_plugin,
4217 "-plugin [file=]<file>[,arg=<string>]\n"
4218 " load a plugin\n",
4219 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
4220STEXI
4221@item -plugin file=@var{file}[,arg=@var{string}]
4222@findex -plugin
4223
4224Load a plugin.
4225
4226@table @option
4227@item file=@var{file}
4228Load the given plugin from a shared library file.
4229@item arg=@var{string}
4230Argument string passed to the plugin. (Can be given multiple times.)
4231@end table
4232ETEXI
Stefan Weil3dbf2c72010-01-16 18:19:44 +01004233
Markus Armbruster31e70d62013-02-13 19:49:37 +01004234HXCOMM Internal use
4235DEF("qtest", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_qtest, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
4236DEF("qtest-log", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_qtest_log, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Anthony Liguoric7f0f3b2012-03-28 15:42:02 +02004237
Paul Moore0f669982012-08-03 14:39:21 -04004238#ifdef __linux__
4239DEF("enable-fips", 0, QEMU_OPTION_enablefips,
4240 "-enable-fips enable FIPS 140-2 compliance\n",
4241 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
4242#endif
4243STEXI
4244@item -enable-fips
4245@findex -enable-fips
4246Enable FIPS 140-2 compliance mode.
4247ETEXI
4248
Thomas Huth976e8c52019-09-04 07:27:39 +02004249HXCOMM Deprecated by -accel tcg
Bruce Rogersc6e88b32012-11-20 07:11:21 -07004250DEF("no-kvm", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_kvm, "", QEMU_ARCH_I386)
Jan Kiszkaa0dac022012-10-05 14:51:45 -03004251
Seiji Aguchi5e2ac512013-07-03 23:02:46 -04004252DEF("msg", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_msg,
4253 "-msg timestamp[=on|off]\n"
4254 " change the format of messages\n"
4255 " on|off controls leading timestamps (default:on)\n",
4256 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
4257STEXI
4258@item -msg timestamp[=on|off]
4259@findex -msg
4260prepend a timestamp to each log message.(default:on)
4261ETEXI
4262
Amit Shahabfd9ce2014-06-20 18:56:08 +05304263DEF("dump-vmstate", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_dump_vmstate,
4264 "-dump-vmstate <file>\n"
4265 " Output vmstate information in JSON format to file.\n"
4266 " Use the scripts/vmstate-static-checker.py file to\n"
4267 " check for possible regressions in migration code\n"
Laurent Vivier23820532015-09-04 21:30:04 +02004268 " by comparing two such vmstate dumps.\n",
Amit Shahabfd9ce2014-06-20 18:56:08 +05304269 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
4270STEXI
4271@item -dump-vmstate @var{file}
4272@findex -dump-vmstate
4273Dump json-encoded vmstate information for current machine type to file
4274in @var{file}
4275ETEXI
4276
Emilio G. Cota12df1892018-08-15 11:42:49 -04004277DEF("enable-sync-profile", 0, QEMU_OPTION_enable_sync_profile,
4278 "-enable-sync-profile\n"
4279 " enable synchronization profiling\n",
4280 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
4281STEXI
4282@item -enable-sync-profile
4283@findex -enable-sync-profile
4284Enable synchronization profiling.
4285ETEXI
4286
Paolo Bonzini43f187a2017-01-04 13:50:37 +01004287STEXI
4288@end table
4289ETEXI
4290DEFHEADING()
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02004291
4292DEFHEADING(Generic object creation:)
Paolo Bonzini43f187a2017-01-04 13:50:37 +01004293STEXI
4294@table @option
4295ETEXI
Daniel P. Berrangeb9174d42015-05-13 17:14:03 +01004296
4297DEF("object", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_object,
4298 "-object TYPENAME[,PROP1=VALUE1,...]\n"
4299 " create a new object of type TYPENAME setting properties\n"
4300 " in the order they are specified. Note that the 'id'\n"
4301 " property must be set. These objects are placed in the\n"
4302 " '/objects' path.\n",
4303 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
4304STEXI
4305@item -object @var{typename}[,@var{prop1}=@var{value1},...]
4306@findex -object
4307Create a new object of type @var{typename} setting properties
4308in the order they are specified. Note that the 'id'
4309property must be set. These objects are placed in the
4310'/objects' path.
4311
4312@table @option
4313
Haozhong Zhang98376842017-12-11 15:28:04 +08004314@item -object memory-backend-file,id=@var{id},size=@var{size},mem-path=@var{dir},share=@var{on|off},discard-data=@var{on|off},merge=@var{on|off},dump=@var{on|off},prealloc=@var{on|off},host-nodes=@var{host-nodes},policy=@var{default|preferred|bind|interleave},align=@var{align}
Daniel P. Berrangeb9174d42015-05-13 17:14:03 +01004315
4316Creates a memory file backend object, which can be used to back
Stefan Hajnoczic7cddce2017-11-28 16:15:28 +00004317the guest RAM with huge pages.
4318
4319The @option{id} parameter is a unique ID that will be used to reference this
4320memory region when configuring the @option{-numa} argument.
4321
4322The @option{size} option provides the size of the memory region, and accepts
4323common suffixes, eg @option{500M}.
4324
4325The @option{mem-path} provides the path to either a shared memory or huge page
4326filesystem mount.
4327
Daniel P. Berrangeb9174d42015-05-13 17:14:03 +01004328The @option{share} boolean option determines whether the memory
4329region is marked as private to QEMU, or shared. The latter allows
4330a co-operating external process to access the QEMU memory region.
Stefan Hajnoczic7cddce2017-11-28 16:15:28 +00004331
Marcel Apfelbaum06329cc2017-12-13 16:37:37 +02004332The @option{share} is also required for pvrdma devices due to
4333limitations in the RDMA API provided by Linux.
4334
4335Setting share=on might affect the ability to configure NUMA
4336bindings for the memory backend under some circumstances, see
4337Documentation/vm/numa_memory_policy.txt on the Linux kernel
4338source tree for additional details.
4339
Eduardo Habkost11ae6ed2017-08-24 16:23:15 -03004340Setting the @option{discard-data} boolean option to @var{on}
4341indicates that file contents can be destroyed when QEMU exits,
4342to avoid unnecessarily flushing data to the backing file. Note
4343that @option{discard-data} is only an optimization, and QEMU
4344might not discard file contents if it aborts unexpectedly or is
4345terminated using SIGKILL.
Daniel P. Berrangeb9174d42015-05-13 17:14:03 +01004346
Stefan Hajnoczic7cddce2017-11-28 16:15:28 +00004347The @option{merge} boolean option enables memory merge, also known as
4348MADV_MERGEABLE, so that Kernel Samepage Merging will consider the pages for
4349memory deduplication.
4350
4351Setting the @option{dump} boolean option to @var{off} excludes the memory from
4352core dumps. This feature is also known as MADV_DONTDUMP.
4353
4354The @option{prealloc} boolean option enables memory preallocation.
4355
4356The @option{host-nodes} option binds the memory range to a list of NUMA host
4357nodes.
4358
4359The @option{policy} option sets the NUMA policy to one of the following values:
4360
4361@table @option
4362@item @var{default}
4363default host policy
4364
4365@item @var{preferred}
4366prefer the given host node list for allocation
4367
4368@item @var{bind}
4369restrict memory allocation to the given host node list
4370
4371@item @var{interleave}
4372interleave memory allocations across the given host node list
4373@end table
4374
Haozhong Zhang98376842017-12-11 15:28:04 +08004375The @option{align} option specifies the base address alignment when
4376QEMU mmap(2) @option{mem-path}, and accepts common suffixes, eg
4377@option{2M}. Some backend store specified by @option{mem-path}
4378requires an alignment different than the default one used by QEMU, eg
4379the device DAX /dev/dax0.0 requires 2M alignment rather than 4K. In
4380such cases, users can specify the required alignment via this option.
4381
Junyan Hea4de8552018-07-18 15:48:00 +08004382The @option{pmem} option specifies whether the backing file specified
4383by @option{mem-path} is in host persistent memory that can be accessed
4384using the SNIA NVM programming model (e.g. Intel NVDIMM).
4385If @option{pmem} is set to 'on', QEMU will take necessary operations to
4386guarantee the persistence of its own writes to @option{mem-path}
4387(e.g. in vNVDIMM label emulation and live migration).
Zhang Yi119906af2019-04-22 08:48:48 +08004388Also, we will map the backend-file with MAP_SYNC flag, which ensures the
4389file metadata is in sync for @option{mem-path} in case of host crash
4390or a power failure. MAP_SYNC requires support from both the host kernel
4391(since Linux kernel 4.15) and the filesystem of @option{mem-path} mounted
4392with DAX option.
Junyan Hea4de8552018-07-18 15:48:00 +08004393
Marcel Apfelbaum06329cc2017-12-13 16:37:37 +02004394@item -object memory-backend-ram,id=@var{id},merge=@var{on|off},dump=@var{on|off},share=@var{on|off},prealloc=@var{on|off},size=@var{size},host-nodes=@var{host-nodes},policy=@var{default|preferred|bind|interleave}
Stefan Hajnoczicd194912017-11-28 16:15:29 +00004395
4396Creates a memory backend object, which can be used to back the guest RAM.
4397Memory backend objects offer more control than the @option{-m} option that is
4398traditionally used to define guest RAM. Please refer to
4399@option{memory-backend-file} for a description of the options.
4400
Marc-André Lureau36ea3972018-08-28 17:38:40 +02004401@item -object memory-backend-memfd,id=@var{id},merge=@var{on|off},dump=@var{on|off},share=@var{on|off},prealloc=@var{on|off},size=@var{size},host-nodes=@var{host-nodes},policy=@var{default|preferred|bind|interleave},seal=@var{on|off},hugetlb=@var{on|off},hugetlbsize=@var{size}
Marc-André Lureaudbb9e0f2018-02-01 14:27:54 +01004402
4403Creates an anonymous memory file backend object, which allows QEMU to
4404share the memory with an external process (e.g. when using
4405vhost-user). The memory is allocated with memfd and optional
4406sealing. (Linux only)
4407
4408The @option{seal} option creates a sealed-file, that will block
4409further resizing the memory ('on' by default).
4410
4411The @option{hugetlb} option specify the file to be created resides in
4412the hugetlbfs filesystem (since Linux 4.14). Used in conjunction with
4413the @option{hugetlb} option, the @option{hugetlbsize} option specify
4414the hugetlb page size on systems that support multiple hugetlb page
4415sizes (it must be a power of 2 value supported by the system).
4416
4417In some versions of Linux, the @option{hugetlb} option is incompatible
4418with the @option{seal} option (requires at least Linux 4.16).
4419
4420Please refer to @option{memory-backend-file} for a description of the
4421other options.
4422
Marc-André Lureau36ea3972018-08-28 17:38:40 +02004423The @option{share} boolean option is @var{on} by default with memfd.
4424
Laurent Vivier6c4e9d42019-08-20 18:06:13 +02004425@item -object rng-builtin,id=@var{id}
4426
4427Creates a random number generator backend which obtains entropy from
4428QEMU builtin functions. The @option{id} parameter is a unique ID that
4429will be used to reference this entropy backend from the @option{virtio-rng}
Laurent Vivier0198c262019-08-20 18:06:15 +02004430device. By default, the @option{virtio-rng} device uses this RNG backend.
Laurent Vivier6c4e9d42019-08-20 18:06:13 +02004431
Daniel P. Berrangeb9174d42015-05-13 17:14:03 +01004432@item -object rng-random,id=@var{id},filename=@var{/dev/random}
4433
4434Creates a random number generator backend which obtains entropy from
4435a device on the host. The @option{id} parameter is a unique ID that
4436will be used to reference this entropy backend from the @option{virtio-rng}
4437device. The @option{filename} parameter specifies which file to obtain
Kashyap Chamarthya2230bd2019-05-29 16:31:03 +02004438entropy from and if omitted defaults to @option{/dev/urandom}.
Daniel P. Berrangeb9174d42015-05-13 17:14:03 +01004439
4440@item -object rng-egd,id=@var{id},chardev=@var{chardevid}
4441
4442Creates a random number generator backend which obtains entropy from
4443an external daemon running on the host. The @option{id} parameter is
4444a unique ID that will be used to reference this entropy backend from
4445the @option{virtio-rng} device. The @option{chardev} parameter is
4446the unique ID of a character device backend that provides the connection
4447to the RNG daemon.
4448
Daniel P. Berrangee00adf62015-03-13 17:39:26 +00004449@item -object tls-creds-anon,id=@var{id},endpoint=@var{endpoint},dir=@var{/path/to/cred/dir},verify-peer=@var{on|off}
4450
4451Creates a TLS anonymous credentials object, which can be used to provide
4452TLS support on network backends. The @option{id} parameter is a unique
4453ID which network backends will use to access the credentials. The
4454@option{endpoint} is either @option{server} or @option{client} depending
4455on whether the QEMU network backend that uses the credentials will be
4456acting as a client or as a server. If @option{verify-peer} is enabled
4457(the default) then once the handshake is completed, the peer credentials
4458will be verified, though this is a no-op for anonymous credentials.
4459
4460The @var{dir} parameter tells QEMU where to find the credential
4461files. For server endpoints, this directory may contain a file
4462@var{dh-params.pem} providing diffie-hellman parameters to use
4463for the TLS server. If the file is missing, QEMU will generate
4464a set of DH parameters at startup. This is a computationally
4465expensive operation that consumes random pool entropy, so it is
4466recommended that a persistent set of parameters be generated
4467upfront and saved.
4468
Richard W.M. Jonese1a6dc92018-07-03 09:03:03 +01004469@item -object tls-creds-psk,id=@var{id},endpoint=@var{endpoint},dir=@var{/path/to/keys/dir}[,username=@var{username}]
4470
4471Creates a TLS Pre-Shared Keys (PSK) credentials object, which can be used to provide
4472TLS support on network backends. The @option{id} parameter is a unique
4473ID which network backends will use to access the credentials. The
4474@option{endpoint} is either @option{server} or @option{client} depending
4475on whether the QEMU network backend that uses the credentials will be
4476acting as a client or as a server. For clients only, @option{username}
4477is the username which will be sent to the server. If omitted
4478it defaults to ``qemu''.
4479
4480The @var{dir} parameter tells QEMU where to find the keys file.
4481It is called ``@var{dir}/keys.psk'' and contains ``username:key''
4482pairs. This file can most easily be created using the GnuTLS
4483@code{psktool} program.
4484
4485For server endpoints, @var{dir} may also contain a file
4486@var{dh-params.pem} providing diffie-hellman parameters to use
4487for the TLS server. If the file is missing, QEMU will generate
4488a set of DH parameters at startup. This is a computationally
4489expensive operation that consumes random pool entropy, so it is
4490recommended that a persistent set of parameters be generated
4491up front and saved.
4492
Christophe Fergeau00e5e9d2017-12-08 15:14:30 +01004493@item -object tls-creds-x509,id=@var{id},endpoint=@var{endpoint},dir=@var{/path/to/cred/dir},priority=@var{priority},verify-peer=@var{on|off},passwordid=@var{id}
Daniel P. Berrange85bcbc72015-03-13 17:39:26 +00004494
4495Creates a TLS anonymous credentials object, which can be used to provide
4496TLS support on network backends. The @option{id} parameter is a unique
4497ID which network backends will use to access the credentials. The
4498@option{endpoint} is either @option{server} or @option{client} depending
4499on whether the QEMU network backend that uses the credentials will be
4500acting as a client or as a server. If @option{verify-peer} is enabled
4501(the default) then once the handshake is completed, the peer credentials
4502will be verified. With x509 certificates, this implies that the clients
4503must be provided with valid client certificates too.
4504
4505The @var{dir} parameter tells QEMU where to find the credential
4506files. For server endpoints, this directory may contain a file
4507@var{dh-params.pem} providing diffie-hellman parameters to use
4508for the TLS server. If the file is missing, QEMU will generate
4509a set of DH parameters at startup. This is a computationally
4510expensive operation that consumes random pool entropy, so it is
4511recommended that a persistent set of parameters be generated
4512upfront and saved.
4513
4514For x509 certificate credentials the directory will contain further files
4515providing the x509 certificates. The certificates must be stored
4516in PEM format, in filenames @var{ca-cert.pem}, @var{ca-crl.pem} (optional),
4517@var{server-cert.pem} (only servers), @var{server-key.pem} (only servers),
4518@var{client-cert.pem} (only clients), and @var{client-key.pem} (only clients).
4519
Daniel P. Berrange1d7b5b42015-10-15 16:14:42 +01004520For the @var{server-key.pem} and @var{client-key.pem} files which
4521contain sensitive private keys, it is possible to use an encrypted
4522version by providing the @var{passwordid} parameter. This provides
4523the ID of a previously created @code{secret} object containing the
4524password for decryption.
4525
Christophe Fergeau00e5e9d2017-12-08 15:14:30 +01004526The @var{priority} parameter allows to override the global default
4527priority used by gnutls. This can be useful if the system administrator
4528needs to use a weaker set of crypto priorities for QEMU without
4529potentially forcing the weakness onto all applications. Or conversely
4530if one wants wants a stronger default for QEMU than for all other
4531applications, they can do this through this parameter. Its format is
4532a gnutls priority string as described at
4533@url{https://gnutls.org/manual/html_node/Priority-Strings.html}.
4534
zhanghailiang338d3f42016-03-01 13:37:02 +08004535@item -object filter-buffer,id=@var{id},netdev=@var{netdevid},interval=@var{t}[,queue=@var{all|rx|tx}][,status=@var{on|off}]
Yang Hongyang7dbb11c2015-10-07 11:52:21 +08004536
4537Interval @var{t} can't be 0, this filter batches the packet delivery: all
4538packets arriving in a given interval on netdev @var{netdevid} are delayed
4539until the end of the interval. Interval is in microseconds.
zhanghailiang338d3f42016-03-01 13:37:02 +08004540@option{status} is optional that indicate whether the netfilter is
4541on (enabled) or off (disabled), the default status for netfilter will be 'on'.
Yang Hongyang7dbb11c2015-10-07 11:52:21 +08004542
4543queue @var{all|rx|tx} is an option that can be applied to any netfilter.
4544
4545@option{all}: the filter is attached both to the receive and the transmit
4546 queue of the netdev (default).
4547
4548@option{rx}: the filter is attached to the receive queue of the netdev,
4549 where it will receive packets sent to the netdev.
4550
4551@option{tx}: the filter is attached to the transmit queue of the netdev,
4552 where it will receive packets sent by the netdev.
4553
Zhang Chene2521f02017-07-04 14:53:48 +08004554@item -object filter-mirror,id=@var{id},netdev=@var{netdevid},outdev=@var{chardevid},queue=@var{all|rx|tx}[,vnet_hdr_support]
Zhang Chenf6d3afb2016-03-15 15:41:33 +08004555
Zhang Chene2521f02017-07-04 14:53:48 +08004556filter-mirror on netdev @var{netdevid},mirror net packet to chardev@var{chardevid}, if it has the vnet_hdr_support flag, filter-mirror will mirror packet with vnet_hdr_len.
Zhang Chenf6d3afb2016-03-15 15:41:33 +08004557
Zhang Chen00d5c242017-07-04 14:53:49 +08004558@item -object filter-redirector,id=@var{id},netdev=@var{netdevid},indev=@var{chardevid},outdev=@var{chardevid},queue=@var{all|rx|tx}[,vnet_hdr_support]
Zhang Chend46f75b2016-03-17 16:16:26 +08004559
4560filter-redirector on netdev @var{netdevid},redirect filter's net packet to chardev
Zhang Chen00d5c242017-07-04 14:53:49 +08004561@var{chardevid},and redirect indev's packet to filter.if it has the vnet_hdr_support flag,
4562filter-redirector will redirect packet with vnet_hdr_len.
Zhang Chend46f75b2016-03-17 16:16:26 +08004563Create a filter-redirector we need to differ outdev id from indev id, id can not
4564be the same. we can just use indev or outdev, but at least one of indev or outdev
4565need to be specified.
4566
Zhang Chen4b39bdc2017-07-04 14:53:55 +08004567@item -object filter-rewriter,id=@var{id},netdev=@var{netdevid},queue=@var{all|rx|tx},[vnet_hdr_support]
Zhang Chene6eee8a2016-09-27 10:22:32 +08004568
4569Filter-rewriter is a part of COLO project.It will rewrite tcp packet to
4570secondary from primary to keep secondary tcp connection,and rewrite
4571tcp packet to primary from secondary make tcp packet can be handled by
Zhang Chen4b39bdc2017-07-04 14:53:55 +08004572client.if it has the vnet_hdr_support flag, we can parse packet with vnet header.
Zhang Chene6eee8a2016-09-27 10:22:32 +08004573
4574usage:
4575colo secondary:
4576-object filter-redirector,id=f1,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,indev=red0
4577-object filter-redirector,id=f2,netdev=hn0,queue=rx,outdev=red1
4578-object filter-rewriter,id=rew0,netdev=hn0,queue=all
4579
Changlong Xiec551cd52016-10-11 13:28:32 +08004580@item -object filter-dump,id=@var{id},netdev=@var{dev}[,file=@var{filename}][,maxlen=@var{len}]
Thomas Huthd3e0c032015-10-13 12:40:02 +02004581
4582Dump the network traffic on netdev @var{dev} to the file specified by
4583@var{filename}. At most @var{len} bytes (64k by default) per packet are stored.
4584The file format is libpcap, so it can be analyzed with tools such as tcpdump
4585or Wireshark.
4586
Zhang Chencf6af762019-06-10 00:44:29 +08004587@item -object colo-compare,id=@var{id},primary_in=@var{chardevid},secondary_in=@var{chardevid},outdev=@var{chardevid},iothread=@var{id}[,vnet_hdr_support][,notify_dev=@var{id}]
Zhang Chen7dce4e62016-09-27 10:22:26 +08004588
4589Colo-compare gets packet from primary_in@var{chardevid} and secondary_in@var{chardevid}, than compare primary packet with
4590secondary packet. If the packets are same, we will output primary
4591packet to outdev@var{chardevid}, else we will notify colo-frame
4592do checkpoint and send primary packet to outdev@var{chardevid}.
Zhang Chen5aede7f2019-04-26 17:07:30 +08004593In order to improve efficiency, we need to put the task of comparison
4594in another thread. If it has the vnet_hdr_support flag, colo compare
4595will send/recv packet with vnet_hdr_len.
Zhang Chencf6af762019-06-10 00:44:29 +08004596If you want to use Xen COLO, will need the notify_dev to notify Xen
4597colo-frame to do checkpoint.
Zhang Chen7dce4e62016-09-27 10:22:26 +08004598
4599we must use it with the help of filter-mirror and filter-redirector.
4600
4601@example
4602
Zhang Chencf6af762019-06-10 00:44:29 +08004603KVM COLO
4604
Zhang Chen7dce4e62016-09-27 10:22:26 +08004605primary:
4606-netdev tap,id=hn0,vhost=off,script=/etc/qemu-ifup,downscript=/etc/qemu-ifdown
4607-device e1000,id=e0,netdev=hn0,mac=52:a4:00:12:78:66
4608-chardev socket,id=mirror0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9003,server,nowait
4609-chardev socket,id=compare1,host=3.3.3.3,port=9004,server,nowait
4610-chardev socket,id=compare0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9001,server,nowait
4611-chardev socket,id=compare0-0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9001
4612-chardev socket,id=compare_out,host=3.3.3.3,port=9005,server,nowait
4613-chardev socket,id=compare_out0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9005
Zhang Chen5aede7f2019-04-26 17:07:30 +08004614-object iothread,id=iothread1
Zhang Chen7dce4e62016-09-27 10:22:26 +08004615-object filter-mirror,id=m0,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,outdev=mirror0
4616-object filter-redirector,netdev=hn0,id=redire0,queue=rx,indev=compare_out
4617-object filter-redirector,netdev=hn0,id=redire1,queue=rx,outdev=compare0
Zhang Chen5aede7f2019-04-26 17:07:30 +08004618-object colo-compare,id=comp0,primary_in=compare0-0,secondary_in=compare1,outdev=compare_out0,iothread=iothread1
Zhang Chen7dce4e62016-09-27 10:22:26 +08004619
4620secondary:
4621-netdev tap,id=hn0,vhost=off,script=/etc/qemu-ifup,down script=/etc/qemu-ifdown
4622-device e1000,netdev=hn0,mac=52:a4:00:12:78:66
4623-chardev socket,id=red0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9003
4624-chardev socket,id=red1,host=3.3.3.3,port=9004
4625-object filter-redirector,id=f1,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,indev=red0
4626-object filter-redirector,id=f2,netdev=hn0,queue=rx,outdev=red1
4627
Zhang Chencf6af762019-06-10 00:44:29 +08004628
4629Xen COLO
4630
4631primary:
4632-netdev tap,id=hn0,vhost=off,script=/etc/qemu-ifup,downscript=/etc/qemu-ifdown
4633-device e1000,id=e0,netdev=hn0,mac=52:a4:00:12:78:66
4634-chardev socket,id=mirror0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9003,server,nowait
4635-chardev socket,id=compare1,host=3.3.3.3,port=9004,server,nowait
4636-chardev socket,id=compare0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9001,server,nowait
4637-chardev socket,id=compare0-0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9001
4638-chardev socket,id=compare_out,host=3.3.3.3,port=9005,server,nowait
4639-chardev socket,id=compare_out0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9005
4640-chardev socket,id=notify_way,host=3.3.3.3,port=9009,server,nowait
4641-object filter-mirror,id=m0,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,outdev=mirror0
4642-object filter-redirector,netdev=hn0,id=redire0,queue=rx,indev=compare_out
4643-object filter-redirector,netdev=hn0,id=redire1,queue=rx,outdev=compare0
4644-object iothread,id=iothread1
4645-object colo-compare,id=comp0,primary_in=compare0-0,secondary_in=compare1,outdev=compare_out0,notify_dev=nofity_way,iothread=iothread1
4646
4647secondary:
4648-netdev tap,id=hn0,vhost=off,script=/etc/qemu-ifup,down script=/etc/qemu-ifdown
4649-device e1000,netdev=hn0,mac=52:a4:00:12:78:66
4650-chardev socket,id=red0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9003
4651-chardev socket,id=red1,host=3.3.3.3,port=9004
4652-object filter-redirector,id=f1,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,indev=red0
4653-object filter-redirector,id=f2,netdev=hn0,queue=rx,outdev=red1
4654
Zhang Chen7dce4e62016-09-27 10:22:26 +08004655@end example
4656
4657If you want to know the detail of above command line, you can read
4658the colo-compare git log.
4659
Gonglei1653a5f2016-10-28 16:33:23 +08004660@item -object cryptodev-backend-builtin,id=@var{id}[,queues=@var{queues}]
4661
4662Creates a cryptodev backend which executes crypto opreation from
4663the QEMU cipher APIS. The @var{id} parameter is
4664a unique ID that will be used to reference this cryptodev backend from
4665the @option{virtio-crypto} device. The @var{queues} parameter is optional,
4666which specify the queue number of cryptodev backend, the default of
4667@var{queues} is 1.
4668
4669@example
4670
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02004671 # @value{qemu_system} \
Gonglei1653a5f2016-10-28 16:33:23 +08004672 [...] \
4673 -object cryptodev-backend-builtin,id=cryptodev0 \
4674 -device virtio-crypto-pci,id=crypto0,cryptodev=cryptodev0 \
4675 [...]
4676@end example
4677
Gonglei042cea22018-03-01 21:46:28 +08004678@item -object cryptodev-vhost-user,id=@var{id},chardev=@var{chardevid}[,queues=@var{queues}]
4679
4680Creates a vhost-user cryptodev backend, backed by a chardev @var{chardevid}.
4681The @var{id} parameter is a unique ID that will be used to reference this
4682cryptodev backend from the @option{virtio-crypto} device.
4683The chardev should be a unix domain socket backed one. The vhost-user uses
4684a specifically defined protocol to pass vhost ioctl replacement messages
4685to an application on the other end of the socket.
4686The @var{queues} parameter is optional, which specify the queue number
4687of cryptodev backend for multiqueue vhost-user, the default of @var{queues} is 1.
4688
4689@example
4690
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02004691 # @value{qemu_system} \
Gonglei042cea22018-03-01 21:46:28 +08004692 [...] \
4693 -chardev socket,id=chardev0,path=/path/to/socket \
4694 -object cryptodev-vhost-user,id=cryptodev0,chardev=chardev0 \
4695 -device virtio-crypto-pci,id=crypto0,cryptodev=cryptodev0 \
4696 [...]
4697@end example
4698
Daniel P. Berrangeac1d8872015-10-14 09:58:38 +01004699@item -object secret,id=@var{id},data=@var{string},format=@var{raw|base64}[,keyid=@var{secretid},iv=@var{string}]
4700@item -object secret,id=@var{id},file=@var{filename},format=@var{raw|base64}[,keyid=@var{secretid},iv=@var{string}]
4701
4702Defines a secret to store a password, encryption key, or some other sensitive
4703data. The sensitive data can either be passed directly via the @var{data}
4704parameter, or indirectly via the @var{file} parameter. Using the @var{data}
4705parameter is insecure unless the sensitive data is encrypted.
4706
4707The sensitive data can be provided in raw format (the default), or base64.
4708When encoded as JSON, the raw format only supports valid UTF-8 characters,
4709so base64 is recommended for sending binary data. QEMU will convert from
4710which ever format is provided to the format it needs internally. eg, an
4711RBD password can be provided in raw format, even though it will be base64
4712encoded when passed onto the RBD sever.
4713
4714For added protection, it is possible to encrypt the data associated with
4715a secret using the AES-256-CBC cipher. Use of encryption is indicated
4716by providing the @var{keyid} and @var{iv} parameters. The @var{keyid}
4717parameter provides the ID of a previously defined secret that contains
4718the AES-256 decryption key. This key should be 32-bytes long and be
4719base64 encoded. The @var{iv} parameter provides the random initialization
4720vector used for encryption of this particular secret and should be a
Daniel P. Berrange69c0b272016-04-04 10:33:55 +01004721base64 encrypted string of the 16-byte IV.
Daniel P. Berrangeac1d8872015-10-14 09:58:38 +01004722
4723The simplest (insecure) usage is to provide the secret inline
4724
4725@example
4726
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02004727 # @value{qemu_system} -object secret,id=sec0,data=letmein,format=raw
Daniel P. Berrangeac1d8872015-10-14 09:58:38 +01004728
4729@end example
4730
4731The simplest secure usage is to provide the secret via a file
4732
Eric Blakeb43671f2017-07-03 13:09:50 -05004733 # printf "letmein" > mypasswd.txt
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02004734 # @value{qemu_system} -object secret,id=sec0,file=mypasswd.txt,format=raw
Daniel P. Berrangeac1d8872015-10-14 09:58:38 +01004735
4736For greater security, AES-256-CBC should be used. To illustrate usage,
4737consider the openssl command line tool which can encrypt the data. Note
4738that when encrypting, the plaintext must be padded to the cipher block
4739size (32 bytes) using the standard PKCS#5/6 compatible padding algorithm.
4740
4741First a master key needs to be created in base64 encoding:
4742
4743@example
4744 # openssl rand -base64 32 > key.b64
4745 # KEY=$(base64 -d key.b64 | hexdump -v -e '/1 "%02X"')
4746@end example
4747
4748Each secret to be encrypted needs to have a random initialization vector
4749generated. These do not need to be kept secret
4750
4751@example
4752 # openssl rand -base64 16 > iv.b64
4753 # IV=$(base64 -d iv.b64 | hexdump -v -e '/1 "%02X"')
4754@end example
4755
4756The secret to be defined can now be encrypted, in this case we're
4757telling openssl to base64 encode the result, but it could be left
4758as raw bytes if desired.
4759
4760@example
Eric Blakeb43671f2017-07-03 13:09:50 -05004761 # SECRET=$(printf "letmein" |
Daniel P. Berrangeac1d8872015-10-14 09:58:38 +01004762 openssl enc -aes-256-cbc -a -K $KEY -iv $IV)
4763@end example
4764
4765When launching QEMU, create a master secret pointing to @code{key.b64}
4766and specify that to be used to decrypt the user password. Pass the
4767contents of @code{iv.b64} to the second secret
4768
4769@example
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02004770 # @value{qemu_system} \
Daniel P. Berrangeac1d8872015-10-14 09:58:38 +01004771 -object secret,id=secmaster0,format=base64,file=key.b64 \
4772 -object secret,id=sec0,keyid=secmaster0,format=base64,\
4773 data=$SECRET,iv=$(<iv.b64)
4774@end example
4775
Brijesh Singha9b49422018-03-08 06:48:41 -06004776@item -object sev-guest,id=@var{id},cbitpos=@var{cbitpos},reduced-phys-bits=@var{val},[sev-device=@var{string},policy=@var{policy},handle=@var{handle},dh-cert-file=@var{file},session-file=@var{file}]
4777
4778Create a Secure Encrypted Virtualization (SEV) guest object, which can be used
4779to provide the guest memory encryption support on AMD processors.
4780
4781When memory encryption is enabled, one of the physical address bit (aka the
4782C-bit) is utilized to mark if a memory page is protected. The @option{cbitpos}
4783is used to provide the C-bit position. The C-bit position is Host family dependent
4784hence user must provide this value. On EPYC, the value should be 47.
4785
4786When memory encryption is enabled, we loose certain bits in physical address space.
4787The @option{reduced-phys-bits} is used to provide the number of bits we loose in
4788physical address space. Similar to C-bit, the value is Host family dependent.
4789On EPYC, the value should be 5.
4790
4791The @option{sev-device} provides the device file to use for communicating with
4792the SEV firmware running inside AMD Secure Processor. The default device is
4793'/dev/sev'. If hardware supports memory encryption then /dev/sev devices are
4794created by CCP driver.
4795
4796The @option{policy} provides the guest policy to be enforced by the SEV firmware
4797and restrict what configuration and operational commands can be performed on this
4798guest by the hypervisor. The policy should be provided by the guest owner and is
4799bound to the guest and cannot be changed throughout the lifetime of the guest.
4800The default is 0.
4801
4802If guest @option{policy} allows sharing the key with another SEV guest then
4803@option{handle} can be use to provide handle of the guest from which to share
4804the key.
4805
4806The @option{dh-cert-file} and @option{session-file} provides the guest owner's
4807Public Diffie-Hillman key defined in SEV spec. The PDH and session parameters
4808are used for establishing a cryptographic session with the guest owner to
4809negotiate keys used for attestation. The file must be encoded in base64.
4810
4811e.g to launch a SEV guest
4812@example
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02004813 # @value{qemu_system_x86} \
Brijesh Singha9b49422018-03-08 06:48:41 -06004814 ......
4815 -object sev-guest,id=sev0,cbitpos=47,reduced-phys-bits=5 \
4816 -machine ...,memory-encryption=sev0
4817 .....
4818
4819@end example
Daniel P. Berrangéfb5c4eb2018-05-02 15:40:33 +01004820
4821
4822@item -object authz-simple,id=@var{id},identity=@var{string}
4823
4824Create an authorization object that will control access to network services.
4825
4826The @option{identity} parameter is identifies the user and its format
4827depends on the network service that authorization object is associated
4828with. For authorizing based on TLS x509 certificates, the identity must
4829be the x509 distinguished name. Note that care must be taken to escape
4830any commas in the distinguished name.
4831
4832An example authorization object to validate a x509 distinguished name
4833would look like:
4834@example
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02004835 # @value{qemu_system} \
Daniel P. Berrangéfb5c4eb2018-05-02 15:40:33 +01004836 ...
4837 -object 'authz-simple,id=auth0,identity=CN=laptop.example.com,,O=Example Org,,L=London,,ST=London,,C=GB' \
4838 ...
4839@end example
4840
4841Note the use of quotes due to the x509 distinguished name containing
4842whitespace, and escaping of ','.
4843
Daniel P. Berrangé55d86982018-05-11 12:19:59 +01004844@item -object authz-listfile,id=@var{id},filename=@var{path},refresh=@var{yes|no}
4845
4846Create an authorization object that will control access to network services.
4847
4848The @option{filename} parameter is the fully qualified path to a file
4849containing the access control list rules in JSON format.
4850
4851An example set of rules that match against SASL usernames might look
4852like:
4853
4854@example
4855 @{
4856 "rules": [
4857 @{ "match": "fred", "policy": "allow", "format": "exact" @},
4858 @{ "match": "bob", "policy": "allow", "format": "exact" @},
4859 @{ "match": "danb", "policy": "deny", "format": "glob" @},
4860 @{ "match": "dan*", "policy": "allow", "format": "exact" @},
4861 ],
4862 "policy": "deny"
4863 @}
4864@end example
4865
4866When checking access the object will iterate over all the rules and
4867the first rule to match will have its @option{policy} value returned
4868as the result. If no rules match, then the default @option{policy}
4869value is returned.
4870
4871The rules can either be an exact string match, or they can use the
4872simple UNIX glob pattern matching to allow wildcards to be used.
4873
4874If @option{refresh} is set to true the file will be monitored
4875and automatically reloaded whenever its content changes.
4876
4877As with the @code{authz-simple} object, the format of the identity
4878strings being matched depends on the network service, but is usually
4879a TLS x509 distinguished name, or a SASL username.
4880
4881An example authorization object to validate a SASL username
4882would look like:
4883@example
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02004884 # @value{qemu_system} \
Daniel P. Berrangé55d86982018-05-11 12:19:59 +01004885 ...
4886 -object authz-simple,id=auth0,filename=/etc/qemu/vnc-sasl.acl,refresh=yes
4887 ...
4888@end example
4889
Daniel P. Berrange8953caf2016-07-27 14:13:56 +01004890@item -object authz-pam,id=@var{id},service=@var{string}
4891
4892Create an authorization object that will control access to network services.
4893
4894The @option{service} parameter provides the name of a PAM service to use
4895for authorization. It requires that a file @code{/etc/pam.d/@var{service}}
4896exist to provide the configuration for the @code{account} subsystem.
4897
4898An example authorization object to validate a TLS x509 distinguished
4899name would look like:
4900
4901@example
Thomas Huth664785a2019-07-30 17:08:26 +02004902 # @value{qemu_system} \
Daniel P. Berrange8953caf2016-07-27 14:13:56 +01004903 ...
4904 -object authz-pam,id=auth0,service=qemu-vnc
4905 ...
4906@end example
4907
4908There would then be a corresponding config file for PAM at
4909@code{/etc/pam.d/qemu-vnc} that contains:
4910
4911@example
4912account requisite pam_listfile.so item=user sense=allow \
4913 file=/etc/qemu/vnc.allow
4914@end example
4915
4916Finally the @code{/etc/qemu/vnc.allow} file would contain
4917the list of x509 distingished names that are permitted
4918access
4919
4920@example
4921CN=laptop.example.com,O=Example Home,L=London,ST=London,C=GB
4922@end example
4923
4924
Daniel P. Berrangeb9174d42015-05-13 17:14:03 +01004925@end table
4926
4927ETEXI
4928
4929
Stefan Weil3dbf2c72010-01-16 18:19:44 +01004930HXCOMM This is the last statement. Insert new options before this line!
4931STEXI
4932@end table
4933ETEXI